The Seven Ray Institute was founded on September 9, 1985 to inform the public about a subject that had been virtually unheard of until the late 1800’s when H. P. Blavatsky hinted at the “rays” in The Secret Doctrine. About thirty years later, Alice Bailey reintroduced the subject with much more than a hint. She expanded their name to the Seven Rays, made mention of them in all twenty-four of her books, and wrote five of those books (A Treatise on the Seven Rays) with the express purpose of making them better understood and useful. In one volume of this Treatise, she writes, “I wonder sometimes if … you realize the … importance of the teaching … (about) the seven rays as manifesting energies” (Esoteric Healing, p.583). This was the impetus behind the founding of the Seven Ray Institute as an organization dedicated to learning about, teaching, and using the seven rays in everyday living.

The programs and aids available for learning about the seven rays, teaching and applying them include:

• The annual international Conference, sponsored by the Seven Ray Institute in unison with the University of the Seven Rays, held each spring in the state of Arizona, USA
• A team which will travel to your location and teach an introductory, two day Seven Ray Seminar to twenty or more interested students. The teaching style is interactive, fast-paced, and hands-on. At the close of our Seven Ray Seminars, people frequently express their surprise at how much they learned in so short a time. Phone (201)798.7777 for more information and to discuss.
• The Personal Identity Profile (PIP), designed as a psychological inventory to help a person arrive at an idea of how the seven rays work out in their individual make-up. Click here to access the PIP.
• Astrology consultations, Rayological readings, or a combination of them both. Esoteric astrology is a path, a way of life which, when combined with the seven rays, leads to self-knowledge. Our consultants view astrology as a healing journey while at the same time it is a calling to serve others. Consultations are by appointment over the internet or by phone and are recorded at your request. We will need your contact and birth information (date, time, location); please supply this in the comment field when you check out, or email us at sevenray@sevenray.com. A consultation is $100 for an hour.
• A Store on this site offering posters depicting and explaining each of the seven rays, posters for each of the astrological signs, and reference posters derived from information in the books by Alice Bailey. In the Store you will also find books about the seven rays and other esoteric topics. We offer a set of twelve CDs introducing the astrology signs. We are working on making the presentations given at our Conferences into an immediately downloadable format.

A selection of articles by thinkers and doers past and present. We also include articles and information from and about the United Nations because we believe it to be one of the best vehicles we have for the realization of a better world for all people throughout the world.

The University of the Seven Rays was founded on August 13, 1987 with the purpose of expanding and deepening the work of the Seven Ray Institute which had been founded just two years earlier on September 9, 1985. The founders and subsequent faculty members of the University of the Seven Rays have taken as their directive the responsibility of teaching and spreading the knowledge of the Ageless Wisdom wherever they could find response.

Over the course of many years the University of the Seven Rays has taught internationally a number of courses in Trans-Himalayan Esotericism—mainly Esoteric Psychology and Esoteric Healing: in the United States, Demark, Germany, Finland, Australia and New Zealand. Students living in many locations in North and South America, in Australia, New Zealand and throughout Europe have been served through the establishment of in-person classes lasting from two to three years and, in the case of the Ph.D.E. Program in Synthetic Esotericism, five to six years. The Seven Ray Seminars and Esoteric Astrology Workshops sponsored by the Seven Ray Institute have additionally been taught in many more countries than those in which University of the Seven Rays classes have taken root and have served even more interested inquirers.

Hundreds of students have passed through the University of the Seven Rays Educational Programs working towards the M.S.E. (Master of Science in Esotericism with emphasis in several possible esoteric subjects) and the Ph.D.E. (Doctor of Philosophy in Esotericism), symbolic degrees. Many of the University of the Seven Rays’s students have gone on to establish schools and teaching careers of their own, thus contributing to the spread of the Ageless Wisdom.

In 2008 the Morya Federation (www.moryafederation.com) was established, bringing a still more expanded University of the Seven Rays Program to the Internet, and (by means of its seven-year curriculum) making comprehensive esoteric education (based upon the Tibetan’s New Esoteric Schools Curriculum from Letters on Occult Meditation) accessible to many more students all of the world—students who otherwise would not be able to travel to in-person classes far from their native country.  To this end, the University of the Seven Rays/Morya Federation works in close collaboration with the Northern Light Society established in Finland to bring many Service-Meditation Broadcasts and Webinars to students of esotericism and the interested public.

The University of the Seven Rays also works in close affiliation with the Makara Website (www.makara.us) where a great wealth of writings by noted authors in the field of esotericism can be found. The writings, educational webinars and musical compositions (Solar Fire Rituals) of Michael Robbins (the co-founder and President of the USR and SRI) can be accessed there.

Today, the University of the Seven Rays and the Morya Federation are interdependent entities, with the main educational work undertaken in the Federation. The University of the Seven Rays is the legal, 501(c)(3), tax exempt educational corporation, and the Morya Federation (its Internet extension) undertakes a very expansive program of esoteric education.

Over the years, the University of the Seven Rays has joined forces with the Seven Ray Institute to sponsor a once-yearly International Conference in the United States. These conferences are now well known to esotericists all over the world and representatives from many different countries travel every year to participate in-person in the Pre-Conference and Main Conference process, lasting some two weeks. In the Pre-Conference there is a strong emphasis upon esoteric astrology, rayology and ceremonial work (with occasional Pre-Conference emphasis upon esoteric healing). At the Main Conference, noted esotericists and members of the New Group of World Servers from all over the world are in attendance. These annual conferences have become a high point of spiritual inspiration for all who attend and now the main events of the conferences are broadcast via Internet all over the world, making possible the participation of those who otherwise could not attend.

The Seven Ray Institute is the major sponsor of the annual international conferences, and home of the Personal Identity Profile (a soul/personality psychological inventory designed in 1984, and ongoingly improved, by Michael Robbins and Rick Good) in the attempt to help people understand their rays more clearly.

The three organizations—the University of the Seven Rays, the Morya Federation, and Seven Ray Institute—work in the closest cooperation to propagate the Ageless Wisdom and bring its Light, Love and Power more pervasively into the consciousness of humanity. These organizations are in the nature of bridges towards a future in which the true, new esoteric schools will be established. Humanity must come to understand the Divine Plan as the Ageless Wisdom presents it. Thus, will humanity be guided aright and the way prepared for the Externalization of the Hierarchy and the Reappearance of the Christ –the two most important imminent spiritual Events upon our planet. The University of the Seven Rays, the Morya Federation, and Seven Ray Institute seek to do their utmost to help “prepare the way” for humanity’s ever-closer approach to the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet to the end that the Kingdom of Souls may at last manifest upon the Earth.

Site for the University of the Seven Rays and the Seven Ray Institute

“Know thyself, for in thyself is all there is to know.”

The study of Esoteric Astrology helps us to “know thyself,” as the inscription on the temple at Delphi advises us to do. It is a study of the basic energies that are unseen, but nevertheless comprise the person we are. It includes astrological energies that make up our soul, personality, and our personality vehicles of expression (physical, astral, and mental bodies).

Exoteric Astrology is the more traditional astrology we may be more familiar with, and describes our outer, personality-based lives; it focuses around our Sun sign and describes other planetary roles that impact our everyday lives. Esoteric Astrology, on the other hand, helps us understand the energies of our inner, spiritual self. The Ascendant, or rising sign, indicates our soul purpose and shows us how we might be able to use the planets in our natal chart to help fulfill that higher, soul purpose. “It is as though God had pictured in space his Plan for the working out of the evolution of the human spirit back to its source.” (The Labours of Hercules, An Astrological Interpretation, by Alice Bailey, p. 205)

There is a definite link between the myth of Hercules and the astrological signs. By combining the astrological and symbolic story, the lessons of everyday life of a disciple are shown to us. Each sign subjects the disciple to influences of distinctive energies and provides him with certain tendencies. Once these are understood, the meaning of the tests that Hercules faced becomes clear. [1]

There is a natural progression of lessons through the astrological signs. In the first four signs, considered the preparatory signs, a person is equipped with the faculty of mind in Aries, with desire in Taurus, arrives at his essential duality in Gemini, and enters the Human Kingdom in Cancer. The four signs of physical plane struggle come next, where self-consciousness and individualism emerge in Leo, nurturing of the Christ within occurs in Virgo, Libra teaches how to balance the pairs of opposites, and the lesson of Scorpio is overcoming illusion. Finally, the last four signs are ones of achievement, going straight for the goal in Sagittarius, scaling the mountain of initiation in Capricorn, becoming the world server in Aquarius and the world savior in Pisces.[2]

Following the progress of Hercules from the mental plane, through the emotional plane, and out into physical plane manifestation shows us the work all of us must eventually do. It takes many lifetimes, is tedious work, and is carried out under great difficulties. Often it is done in blind ignorance of the astrological forces released and of the results that are to be achieved. But step by step we are led along the path of self-knowledge and development. Our character and nature are tested repeatedly until the characteristics of our outer personality can be transmuted into qualities that revealing the soul.[3] “What is the soul, O Teacher? Tell me truth,” asks Hercules. “That soul of yours, you shall discover as you do your task, and find and use the nature which is yours,” his teacher replies.[4]

Esoteric Astrology References for further study:

1. Esoteric Astrology has been written about by several authors, but our main body of reference are the series of books written by Alice Bailey, including The Labours of Hercules, An Astrological Interpretation; and the five-volume set, A Treatise on the Seven Rays (Vol I—Esoteric Psychology, Vol II—Esoteric Psychology, Vol III—Esoteric Astrology, Vol IV—Esoteric Healing, Vol V, The Rays and the Initiations).
2. Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins is available online at:

http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

3. Morya Federation webinars on Esoteric Astrology and the Labors of Hercules can be found at:

http://makara.us/04mdr/webinars/st.html

3. Articles discussing each astrological sign prepared and beautifully illustrated by Francis Donald.  Links to these articles can be found below, within the explanatory text for each sign of the Zodiac.

[1] paraphrased from Labours of Hercules, p. 14 [2] paraphrased from Labours of Hercules, p. 81-82 [3] paraphrased from Labours of Hercules, p. 225 and 229 [4] paraphrased from Labours of Hercules, p. 14

Signs of the Zodiac

Use the links below to access a brief description for each Sign, plus references from Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. 

Aries 

Taurus 

Gemini 

Cancer

Leo

Virgo

Libra

Scorpio

Sagittarius

Capricorn

Aquarius

Pisces

Aries

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 91-114):

“The keynotes of the sign Aries are four in number, all conveying the same idea. They can be expressed in the following four injunctions, symbolically given to the incarnating soul:

1. Express the will to be and do.
2. Unfold the power to manifest.
3. Enter into battle for the Lord.
4. Arrive at unity through effort.

Creation-Being-Activity-Strife-Synthesis, these are the nature of the Lord of the first constellation and enable Him to influence our planet to these results.” (Esoteric Astrology p.93)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Mars (the planet of all warriors), conveys fortitude and the will-to-fight for a high ideal.  It bestows spiritual courage and undying fiery aspiration for fusion with Divinity and for the successful manifestation of the Divine Ideal embodied in the Divine Plan. Esoterically ruled by Mercury (the planet of transcendental mind), conveys the power to apprehend the archetypal idea and destroy illusion through fiery mental process.  It is able to stimulate the intuitive understanding of imminent developments within the precipitating Divine Plan.  Mercury supports Aries as the birthplace of ideas, and is a transmitter of new ideas, serving as the bridge between the archetypal worlds and the worlds of form. Hierarchically ruled by Uranus (the Great Father and home of Electric Fire), conveying fire of pure will for the ultimate vivification of the entire human energy system through the linking to the World of Being.  It bestows the inspiration for the total transformation and renewal of the individual and group personality, and is the power that enables the initiate to tread the final burning ground, thus overcoming the illusion of time and space, establishing in consciousness the reality of synthesis.

Rays: Ray 1, Will and Power; Ray 7, Order and Ceremonial Magic

Mantram:  I come forth, and from the plane of mind, I rule.

Light: “The Light of Life Itself. This is the dim point of light found at the centre of the cycle of manifestation, faint and flickering. It is the “searchlight of the Logos, seeking that which can be used‟ for divine expression.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 329)

The Festival of Easter: This is the Festival of the risen, living Christ, the Teacher of all men and the Head of the Spiritual Hierarchy. He is the Expression of the love of God. On this day the spiritual Hierarchy, which He guides and directs, will be recognised and the nature of God’s love will be emphasised. This Festival is determined always by the date of the first Full Moon of spring and is the great Western and Christian Festival.: (The Reappearance of the Christ, p. 155)

For more information, please read the Aries Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Aries – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

      Read the Aries Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top 

Taurus

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 370 – 404):

Taurus is the symbol of desire in all its phases. Whether the man is impelled by desire (the personality), driven forth upon the path of the disciple by the urge of aspiration (the soul), or controlled by the will to cooperate with the Divine Plan (an initiate, a channel for Spirit), he is being responsive to the most potent manifestation of a little known and understood aspect of divinity, the Will of God. Will, power, desire, aspiration, ambition, motive, purpose, impulse, incentive, plan—all these are words which attempt to express one of the major underlying attributes and fundamental causes of manifestation, of the evolutionary processes and of the will-to-be or the will-to-live. These are the threefold expression underlying all events, all progress and all happenings in time and space. (paraphrased from Esoteric Astrology, p. 370)

“In Taurus—Desire is transmuted into aspiration, darkness gives place to light and illumination, the eye of the Bull is opened which is the spiritual third eye, or the ‘single eye’ of the New Testament. ‘If thine eye be single,’ said the Christ, ‘thy whole body shall be full of light.’ This single eye takes the place of the two eyes of the personal self. The attention of the man becomes focussed upon spiritual attainment. He treads the Path of Discipleship.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 143)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Venus, conveying the light and love of the soul, illuminating the consciousness with Love-Wisdom and stimulating higher mind so it may be sensitive to Buddhi. Esoterically and Hierarchically ruled by Vulcan, conveying both the will of the soul and the greater spiritual will of the atmic plane. Esoterically, Vulcan is the power of the soul to grip the personality and bend it to the soul’s will. Hierarchically, Vulcan is the spiritual will atma, the highest aspect of the Spiritual Triad.

Ray: Ray 4, Harmony through Conflict

Mantram: I see, and when the eye is opened, all is illumined.

Light: “The penetrating Light of the Path. This is a beam of light, streaming forth from the point in Aries, and revealing the area of light control.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 329)

The Festival of Wesak. This is the Festival of the Buddha, the spiritual Intermediary between the highest spiritual centre, Shamballa, and the Hierarchy. The Buddha is the expression of the wisdom of God, the Embodiment of Light and the Indicator of the divine purpose. This will be fixed annually in relation to the Full Moon of May, as is at present the case. It is the great Eastern Festival. (The Reappearance of the Christ, p. 155)

For more information, please read the Taurus Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Taurus – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Taurus Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

Gemini

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 343 – 370):

For average man, Gemini is the experience of the pairs of opposites, with pronounced and separative duality. It is the interplay between the twins, soul and form nature. But for a disciple, Gemini becomes the fusion of the opposites, the intelligent work of at-one-ment or synthesis. (paraphrased from Esoteric Astrology, p. 151-152) “The man . . . in Gemini becomes increasingly aware of the intuition and increasingly under the influence of ‘the Brothers who live in the Light,’ as the Twins are sometimes called. The light of the personality dims and the light of the soul waxes.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 120)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Mercury, conveying the ability to recognize and relate all the many pairs of opposites until a vision of unified wholeness is achieved. Esoterically ruled by Venus, conveying the power to unite and fuse the pairs of opposites, soul and personality, until the transmutation, transformation, and transfiguration that the Solar Angel intends to induce within the personality has been achieved. Hierarchically ruled by the Earth, the field of service.

Ray: Ray 2, Love-Wisdom

Mantram: I recognize my other self, and in the waning of that self, I grow and glow.

Light: “The Light of Interplay. This is a line of light beams, revealing that which opposes or the basic duality of manifestation, the relationship of spirit and of form. It is the conscious light of that relationship.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 329)

The Festival of Goodwill. This will be the Festival of the spirit of humanity—aspiring towards God, seeking conformity with the will of God and dedicated to the expression of right human relation. This will be fixed annually in relation to the Full Moon of June. It will be a day whereon the spiritual and divine nature of mankind will be recognised. On this Festival for two thousand years the Christ has represented humanity and has stood before the Hierarchy and in the sight of Shamballa as the God-Man, the leader of His people and “the Eldest in a great family of brothers” (Romans VIII.29). Each year at that time He has preached the last sermon of the Buddha, before the assembled Hierarchy. This will, therefore, be a festival of deep invocation and appeal, of a basic aspiration towards fellowship, of human and spiritual unity, and will represent the effect in the human consciousness of the work of the Buddha and of the Christ. (The Reappearance of the Christ, p. 155)

For more information, please read the Gemini Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Gemini – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

      Read the Gemini Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top 

Cancer

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 311 – 343):

“Cancer, the ‘birthplace into the life of form,’ the door into physical incarnation. This is the sign in which humanity, as a whole integrated unit, is born, the scene of the emergence of the fourth kingdom in nature. Humanity has ‘emerged from rock and water and brings its habitation with it’ (as the Old Commentary expresses it) and mass instinctual consciousness comes into being. Note that phrase.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 102) “The polar opposite to Capricorn is Cancer and, as you have been taught, these two signs are the two great Gates of the zodiac—one opening the door into incarnation, into mass life, and into human experience, whilst the other opens the door into the life of the spirit, into the life of the Kingdom of God, the life and purposes of the Hierarchy of our planet. Cancer admits the soul into the world centre which we call Humanity. Capricorn admits the soul into conscious participation in the life of that world centre which we call the Hierarchy.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 169)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by the Moon (veiling Vulcan, Neptune, or Uranus; representing the prison of the soul). The Moon is “the Mother of the Form” and conveys the ability to build the form (three personality vehicles, physical-etheric, astral, and mental bodies) in such a way that they prove fit vehicles to contain and radiate the Light and Love of the Soul. (Vulcan builds the physical-etheric body, Neptune builds the astral body, Uranus builds the mental body.) Esoterically and Hierarchically ruled by Neptune, first opening the emotional nature to the influences of love and compassion; and later imbuing the consciousness with buddhi/intuition and the power of realization and identification of one-ness with all.

Rays: Ray 3, Active Intelligence; Ray 7, Order and Ceremonial Magic

Mantram: I build a lighted house and therein dwell.

Light: “The Light within the form. This is the diffused light of substance itself, the “dark light” of matter, referred to in The Secret Doctrine. It is the light awaiting the stimulation coming from the soul light.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 329)

For more information, please read the Cancer Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Cancer – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Cancer Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

Leo

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 285 – 311):

“In Leo, a man’s centre and point of consciousness is himself; he turns upon himself and revolves entirely upon his own axis and in respect and relation to himself, and is all the time the self-centred individual, consecrating all thought, time and service to his own well being and personal interests . . . . In Leo, the self centred man becomes eventually the soul in life expression and focussed on the achievement of the spiritual goal of selflessness.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 142-143)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically, Esoterically, and Hierarchically ruled by the Sun, the great symbol of microcosmic and macrocosmic identity on three levels (the personal self, the individual or egoic Self, and the Spirit or monadic Self). The Sun, esoterically veiling Neptune, conveys the power to experience the solar flames focused within the Heart of the Sun (compassion and selfless love; Divine Love). The Sun, hierarchically veiling Uranus, conveys the will of the Solar Logos through the Spiritual Triad into the Jewel in the Lotus at the center of the Egoic Lotus.

Rays: Ray 1, Will and Power; Ray 5, Concrete Knowledge and Science

Mantram: I am That, and That am I.

Light: “The Light of the Soul. A reflected point of light logoic, or divine. The light diffused in Cancer focusses and reveals eventually a point.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 329)

Festival of Sirius: August, which is ruled by Leo, is the month of the Dog-star, Sirius, bringing Sirius into close relation to Leo. Leo also is in a unique relationship to the Sun at the heart of our solar system, so the planetary and systemic alignment that occurs each year at the Leo Full Moon is celebrated accordingly as a festival of heart/soul alignment. The heart of our planet (the Hierarchy) and the Heart of our Sun create a channel extending to Sirius, the home of that Great White Lodge which Masters belong. (paraphrased from Esoteric Astrology, p.299)

For more information, please read the Leo Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Leo – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Leo Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

Virgo

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 251 – 285):

“In Virgo, the man who was fluid in Pisces and emotionally selfish and full of desire in Sagittarius, begins to focus still more intently and to reason and think. The latent soul is becoming interiorly active; a germination process is proceeding; the hidden man is making his presence felt. The intellect is awakening and instinct—after passing through the emotional stage—is being transmuted into intellect.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 118-119) “The mind, under the influence of Virgo, which has been analytical and critical, changes to that quality of mind which is best described by the words, illumination and revelation. The Christ to whom the Virgin must eventually give birth is recognised as present in the womb, though not yet born. Life is recognised. The process of the revelation of the Christ consciousness is carried intelligently forward and the selfish aspirations and experiments of the undeveloped man give place to the selflessness of the illumined and intuitive disciple. (Esoteric Astrology, p. 120)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Mercury, conveying the acute ability to focus the mind analytically so the Christ-Principle is born in the Heart with full intelligence. Esoterically ruled by the Moon—the three-fold form (mental, astral, and physical bodies)—veiling Vulcan and Neptune, conveys endurance in the process of nurturing and birthing the Christ Consciousness, and restoring the three-fold form to its divine purity. Hierarchically ruled by Jupiter, suggesting the consummated expansion of the Christ-Principle as it rises from the buddhic plane to the monadic plane, where Spirit is found.

Rays: Ray 2, Love-Wisdom; Ray 6, Idealism and Devotion

Mantram: I am the Mother and the Child, I, God, I Matter am.

Light: “The blended dual Light. Two lights are seen—bright and strong, the light of form; one faint and dim, the light of God. This light is distinguished by a waxing of one and the waning of the other. It differs from the light in Gemini.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 329)

For more information, please read the Virgo Discussion prepared by Francis Donald:  Virgo – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Virgo Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

Libra

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 226 – 251):

Libra is a sign of intuitive perception, at first instinctive self-preservation that is aroused to such an extent in ordinary man that he calls to the soul and evokes a response, as the first few flashes of intuition are recognized. It might be regarded as the sign in which the first real vision of the Path appears and of the goal towards which the disciple must ultimately direct his steps. Then follows the experience in Libra of a quiet life in thoughtful reflection, of developing a sense of values and the power to rightly use the analytical faculty of the mind. It becomes a life of balancing, of weighing this and that, and of determining which way the scales shall fall. (paraphrased from Esoteric Astrology, p. 227-228) “Libra.—The Crisis of Balance. The emergence of the sense of self-direction and equilibrium. It is the point of equilibrium between soul and form. It signifies the emergence of free choice. It is consciousness of duality and the effort to balance the two.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 265) Libra admits the soul into the world centre which we call Shamballa, for it is the polar opposite of Aries which is the place of beginnings. Libra demonstrates the perfect balance of spirit and matter which first came together in Aries. This balance and this relation of the great opposites, spirit and matter, is symbolised for us in the personality situation of balancing the pairs of opposites on the astral plane, and finding between them the “narrow razor-edged path” which leads the man into the kingdom of the soul.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 265)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Venus, conveying the decisive emergence of soul values balanced wisely with personality necessities. Venus fortifies the loving influence of the Solar Angel, magnetizing the personality towards the soul and leads to the “Divine Marriage” of the personality and soul. Esoterically ruled by Uranus, conveying the power to relate with archetypal authenticity. It brings new forms of group activity, a new social order based on archetypal relations, and fresh modes of human cooperation. Hierarchically ruled by Saturn, suggesting the consummation of karma in justice and beauty. Saturn expresses the nature of Divine Law, the spiritual will emanating from the atmic plane, and works out as the lawful balancing of karmic imbalances and the relation of this balancing to the just and harmonious expression of the Divine Plan.

Ray: Ray 3, Active Intelligence

Mantram: I chose the way which leads between the two great lines of force.

Light: “The Light that moves to rest. This is the light that oscillates until a point of balance is achieved. It is the light which is distinguished by a moving up and down.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 330)

For more information, please read the Libra Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Libra – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Libra Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

Scorpio

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 193 – 226):

“In this sign, the disciple undergoes those tests which will enable him to take the second initiation and demonstrate that the desire nature is subdued and conquered and that the lower nature is (by being lifted up in the air, i.e. into heaven) capable of reaching the goal for this world period, and that from the earthy foundations of Scorpio the personality can be so tested that it shows fitness for the world service demanded in Aquarius. This is beautifully expressed for us in the legend of Hercules, the Sun-God who overcomes the nine-headed Hydra or serpent of desire by being forced to his knees and from that position of humility lifts up the serpent into the air, and then deliverance comes.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 143) “The task assigned to Hercules had nine facets. Each head of the hydra represents one of the problems that beset the courageous person who seeks to achieve mastery of himself. Three of these heads symbolize the appetites associated with sex, comfort and money. The second triune group concerns the passions of fear, hatred and desire for power. The last three heads represent the vices of the unillumined mind: pride, separativeness and cruelty. The dimensions of the task which Hercules undertook are thus plainly apparent. He had to learn the art of transmuting the energies that so frequently precipitate human beings into catastrophic tragedies. The nine forces which have wrought unspeakable havoc among the sons of men since the beginning of time had to be redirected and transmuted.” (Labours of Hercules, p. 144)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Mars, conveying the courage to face the outer opponent, and Pluto, conveying the power to terminate all energy patterns that stultify and suffocate the consciousness, severing once and for all the threads of attachment to the unreal. Esoterically ruled by Mars, conveying, through the acquisition of psycho-spiritual maturity, the far more lethal enemy within. Martian will is the will to fight to the death all vice and negativity (inner and outer) until the Light of Day shines forth and the illumination of all within the personality vehicles of expression (physical, astral, and lower mental bodies) is achieved. Hierarchically ruled by Mercury, the influence conveying the transcendent Light of Buddhi (pure reason), shining into the aggregated miasma known as the “Dweller on the Threshold,” revealing it for what it is (an illusory phantom) and devitalizing it entirely through a luminous understanding of its unreality.

Ray: Ray 4, Harmony through Conflict

Mantram: Warrior am I, and from the battle I emerge triumphant.

Light: “The Light of Day. This is the place where three lights meet—the light of form, the light of soul, and the light of life. They meet; they blend; they rise.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 330)

For more information, please read the Scorpio Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Scorpio – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Scorpio Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

Sagittarius

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 174 – 193):

In Sagittarius, we are told the ordinary man begins to demonstrate a tendency to become more focussed and concentrate on attaining that which is desired. He demonstrates one-pointed selfish instincts and can be friendly and kind (through usually because of a desire for popularity). This shows the tendency of the soul to eventually turn all evil into good. The lessons of life are being learned and experiment is going on. (paraphrased from Esoteric Astrology, p. 118) As the soul gains control, Sagittarius becomes the one-pointed disciple. “The life of fluid response to matter becomes that of the focussed response to spirit and preparation for initiation in Capricorn. The arrow of the mind is projected unerringly towards the goal.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 121) “The keynote of the Archer is aspiration and direction, and both are expressions of human goals but one is of the personality and the other of the soul. From ambition to aspiration, from selfishness to an intense desire for selflessness, from individual one-pointed self-interest in Leo to the one-pointedness of the disciple in Sagittarius and thence to initiation in Capricorn.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 121)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Jupiter, conveying a vision of ever-expanding horizons and the enthusiastic motivation to move beyond and through the limitations of the present ring-pass-not. If we embrace the positivity of Jupiter, its assurance of beneficial growth and realize the growing sense of all-inclusive wholeness which it conveys. Esoterically ruled by the Earth, conveying the realization that our planetary sphere must be spiritually enlivened until it becomes outwardly the sacred planet it already is inwardly. The power of the Earth is to redeem the etheric-physical nature of both human beings and our planetary globe, revitalizing the lesser and greater etheric-physical vehicles in ways that disengage from past tendencies. Hierarchically ruled by Mars, conveying the zeal to redirect and elevate the tendency of all lunar lords through the power of aspiration. Mars stimulates the power of aspiration until it can be transmuted and elevated spiritually. Mars is the planet driving the quest for ever-new experiences of a reality lying beyond the present consciousness and impels us to tread the way of higher evolution.

Rays: Ray 4, Harmony through Conflict; Ray 5, Concrete Knowledge and Science; Ray 6, Idealism and Devotion

Mantram: I see the goal, I reach that goal, and then I see another.

Light: “A beam of directed, focussed Light. In this the point of light becomes the beam, revealing a greater light ahead and illumining the way to the centre of the light.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 330)

For more information, please read the Sagittarius Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Sagittarius – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Sagittarius Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top 

Capricorn

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 153- 174):

“What appears in Aries as spiritual energy enters into the soul stage in Cancer, in which sign the soul incarnates for the first time in form, reaches a point of equilibrium in Libra, in which sign soul and personality achieve a balance of cooperation and, in Capricorn, the will nature arrives at fulfilment and a visioned goal is reached. In Capricorn, the man reaches either the height of personal ambition or he becomes the initiate, attaining his spiritual objective.” (Esoteric Astrology, p93) “Capricorn—Guards the secret of the soul itself and this it reveals to the initiate at the time of the third initiation. This is sometimes called the “secret of the hidden glory.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 165) “Cancer admits the soul into the world centre which we call Humanity. Capricorn admits the soul into conscious participation in the life of that world centre which we call the Hierarchy. . . . As man passes around and around the zodiac in the ordinary manner, he continually and consciously enters into life in Cancer, the constellation under which the Law of Rebirth is applied and administered. But it is only on the reversed zodiac that the man learns to pass with equally conscious purpose through the gate of Capricorn. Five times he has to pass through that Gate in full waking consciousness and these five happenings are frequently called the five major initiations.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 168) “Capricorn.—The Crisis of Initiation. This exists in five stages and signifies the emergence of the dominating Christ life. It means the higher synthesis and the control of the Christ consciousness which is group consciousness.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 265)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically and Esoterically ruled by Saturn, conveying first the discipline to honor all life’s duties and karmic requirements, and later conveying the resolve to live according to the Laws of the Soul, thus fulfilling the specific dharma in the Divine Plan. Saturn is a planet of opportunity, spiritual, rather than personal, and brings both the individual and the group into alignment with karmic law through spiritual responsibility. Esoterically, Saturn aligns the individual and the group with their roles in the Divine Plan, ensuring responsible conformity to that Plan within the individual and group spheres. Hierarchically ruled by Venus, conveying the full illumination of the World of the Soul. Venus bestows the quality of pure spiritual love and brings that love into union with spiritual knowledge, producing wisdom (the union of heart and mind).

Rays: Ray 1, Will and Power; Ray 3, Active Intelligence; Ray 7, Order and Ceremonial Magic

Mantram: Lost am I in light supernal, yet on that light I turn my back.

Light: “The Light of Initiation. This is the light which clears the way to the mountain top, and produces transfiguration, thus revealing the rising sun.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 330)

For more information, please read the Capricorn Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Capricorn – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Capricorn Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top 

Aquarius

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 134 – 153):

The undeveloped Aquarian has a superficial self-awareness that matures in Leo and becomes a self-consciousness and profound interest in the self. As the interplay goes on between Leo and Aquarius (polar opposites) there comes a deepening of all qualities and the superficialities disappear until the intensive self-consciousness of Leo expands into the group awareness of Aquarius (the individual is becoming universal). Man (alone and separative), becomes humanity itself in his reactions and awareness and yet, at the same time, preserves his individuality (he loses his personal identity in the good of the whole yet retains his spiritual Identity). From self-service, he proceeds to world service, remaining the individualised Son of God until after the third initiation. (Paraphrased from Esoteric Astrology, p. 135-136) “From the standpoint of the pledged disciple and initiate who traverses again the Path of the Sun and finds that that which he has discovered himself to be in Leo finds its crown in Aquarius. The separative individual consciousness becomes the group consciousness in Aquarius, and he begins to comprehend the significance of that basic combination of signs.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 61) “In Aquarius, the sign of world service, the lesson is finally learned which produces the world Saviour in Pisces. Hence my constant emphasis upon service.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 117)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Uranus, conveying the capacity to reinvent and renovate the energy patterns that individuals and humanity use to express themselves. Uranus has the alchemical power to transmute, transform, transfigure, and reorder the lower worlds according to a Divine Pattern. Esoterically ruled by Jupiter, conveying the power to achieve spiritual growth and fulfillment through living group cooperation. Jupiter bestows the fullness of group consciousness and group love, building the group soul, expanding the realization that Aquarius is the “Life more Abundant.” Hierarchically ruled by the Moon (veiling Vulcan on the physical plane, Neptune on the astral plane, and Uranus on the mental plane). Here the Moon veiling Vulcan renders the etheric-physical body a strong and fit instrument for soul expression; veiling Neptune, it suffuses the emotional body with the buddhic principle of transcendent love. And finally, the Moon veiling Uranus transforms the ordinary mind into the brilliant occult mind.

Ray: Ray 5, Concrete Knowledge and Science Mantram: Water of life am I, poured forth for thirsty men.

Light: “The Light that shines on Earth, across the sea. This is the light which ever shines within the dark and cleansing with its healing rays that which must be purified until the dark has gone.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 330)

For more information, please read the Aquarius Discussion prepared by Francis Donald:  Aquarius – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Aquarius Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

Pisces

(Esoteric Astrology, pages 115 – 134):

Pisces, a dual sign, has 3 keynotes: (Esoteric Astrology, p. 115)

1. Bondage or captivity.
2. Renunciation or detachment.
3. Sacrifice and death.

“In the first cycle of experience upon the wheel, the soul itself is in captivity to substance; it has come down into the prison house of matter and linked itself to form. Hence the symbol of Pisces, of the two fishes linked together by a band. One fish stands for the soul and the other for the personality or form nature, and between them is to be found the ‘thread or sutratma,’ the silver cord which keeps them bound to each other throughout the cycle of manifested life.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 116) “Here the beginner upon the way of life starts with a material receptivity which will enable him to respond to all contacts in the cycle of manifestation. He is, at this stage, negative, fluid and endowed with an instinctual consciousness which contains within itself the potentiality of the intuition. But the seed of the intuition is dormant. The mind which is the instrument of reception from the intuition is, at this stage, unawakened.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 118) Later on, upon the reversed wheel, the personality is brought into captivity by the soul, but for long aeons the situation is reversed and the soul is the prisoner of the personality. This dual bondage is brought to an end by what is called the final death, when the complete release of the life aspect from the life of form takes place.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 116) “. . . at the final stage, Pisces stands for the death of the personality and the release of the soul from captivity and its return into the task of the world Saviour. The great achievement is finished and the final death is undergone. ‘There is no more sea’ says the ancient book, which means inevitably the ‘death of the fishes’ and the release of the imprisoned life into new forms or new cycles of the divine Adventure.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 121)

Ruling planets (paraphrased from the Full Moon meditations by Michael Robbins): Exoterically ruled by Jupiter, conveying beneficence and selfless generosity. Jupiter confers faith, hope, and charity, as well as selfless service. Neptune, another exoteric ruler, conveys transcendent compassion and the power to identify with all aspects of soul and planetary groups, including the soul of the world (anima mundi); it removes all egoistic barriers between human beings so that the oneness of humanity (One Soul, One Spirit) can be realized. Esoterically and Hierarchically ruled by Pluto, conveying first the power to purge the personality of all hidden obstructions to soul infusion, and later conveying the power to negate and destroy the personality (inhibitor of soul expression). Pluto in its highest aspect is an agent of the Spiritual Triad and Monad, and has the power to cut away and destroy all limiting ties that bind the soul to the perception of time and space.

Rays: Ray 2, Love-Wisdom; Ray 6, Idealism and Devotion

Mantram: I leave the Father’s house, and turning back, I save.

Light: “The Light of the World. This is the light, revealing the light of life itself. It ends for ever the darkness of matter.” (Esoteric Astrology, p. 330)

For more information, please read the Pisces Discussion prepared by Francis Donald: Pisces – Evocative Images and Esoteric Teachings

Or see Tapestry of the Gods, Volume III, by Michael Robbins available online at: http://www.makara.us/04mdr/01writing/03tg/vol3intro/03_eec_toc.htm

       Read the Pisces Chapter of the Labors of Hercules

Michael Robbins has published extensive commentaries on Esoteric Astrology by Alice A. Bailey. They are available online at:http://www.makara.us/04mdr/webinars/esotericastrology.htm

Back to the top

These webinars were designed to provide an understanding of the esoteric Teachings. By seeing slides and hearing a discussion on a variety of subjects the individual can experience a greater rapport with the Teachings ‘as if’ being in a classroom.

The webinars vary in length from 60 to 90 minutes.

If you wish to receive invitations to attend our webinar courses, please click on JOIN US

If you sign up using the Join Us  function, the links to webinar recordings and invitations to future webinars will be sent to you automatically.

Some of the subjects covered in these teaching webinars are The Secret Doctrine, The Secret Teachings of All Ages, Awakening the Higher Mind, Esoteric Astrology, the Labours of Hercules, the Seven Rays, information on the Disciples found in Discipleship in the New Age, and the series on Sacred Geometry.  Each series is described in more detail below.

The Secret Teachings of All Ages:

This in a new series of webinars presented by Francis Donald that began in August 2019.   In this series, Francis will be exploring the esoteric wisdom revealed in Manly P. Hall’s beautifully illustrated “The Secret Teachings of All Ages.”  From secret societies to the Eleusinian and Egyptian Mysteries; from the Delphic Oracle to the Holy Grail, together we will explore literally hundreds of esoteric subjects.

Click here to access archived Secret Teachings of All Ages webinars

If you wish to receive invitations to attend our webinar courses “live”, please click on JOIN US

If you sign up using the Join Us  function, the links to webinar recordings and invitations to future webinars will be sent to you automatically.

The Secret Doctrine:

This in an on-going series of webinars presented by Francis Donald that began in September 2017.   The Secret Doctrine, Helena Petrovna Blavatsky’s masterwork on the origin and evolution of the universe and humanity, is arguably the most famous, and perhaps the most influential, occult book ever written.  In this ongoing webinar series, we’ll take an in-depth look at this groundbreaking treatise.  We will focus on volume one, which is a translation of– and commentary on– one of the greatest source teachings ever given to humanity, the Book of Dzyan.  These ancient writings, unavailable until publication of the SD, describe the passage from the formless realms of pure Being to the manifested universe in all its diversity.

The webinars will include charts, photographs, and other graphics.  Attendees will be encouraged to participate in an open discussion style of presentation. Hope to see you there!

Click here to access archived Secret Doctrine webinars

If you wish to receive invitations to attend our webinar courses “live”, please click on JOIN US

If you sign up using the Join Us  function, the links to webinar recordings and invitations to future webinars will be sent to you automatically.

Subjective Influences through the 10 Seed / Service Groups:

Journey of the Soul:

Esoteric Astrology and the Pairs of Opposites:

Awakening the Higher Mind:

This series of webinars was presented by Duane Carpenter.  The primary objective of this series of webinars is to awaken the higher mind and the intuition and not necessarily to impart large volumes of information however important as a foundational base.  Information is only useful if it eventually leads the student to an expansion of consciousness or changes in the inner sheaths or bodies. We must see the occult path and all of its allied information as a synthesis and how the isolated parts can be brought together into a more organic whole. Some of the images and animations that will be shared can be seen or experienced as short meditations.  Attendees will be encouraged to participate in an open discussion style of presentation.

Click here to access archived Awakening the Higher Mind webinars

Exploring Discipleship in the New Age (DINA):

This series was presented by Elena Dramchini and wrapped up in January 2019.  It discussed the relationship between a disciple and the Master, and reviewed the astrological chart to see correlations from the instruction given by Master DK (published in DINA I and DINA II) to the disciple’s chart and rayological make up.  While this may be specific to a certain individual, we can learn many things about astrology and the rays by this type of analysis.  We may also find that we have a similar ray or astrological pattern to that of the Disciple, so it might tell us a lot about ourselves, too.  Additionally, this series of webinars will explore the importance of meditation and service in the life of a disciple and his advancement through the twelve pillars into the center or the inner sanctum of the Ashram, as well as the group interaction, integration and cohesion that is so important when working within a Master’s Ashram. 

This series concluded in 2019, but you can access the archived webinar recordings by clicking the link below

Click here to access archived courses on the Exploring DINA

Sacred Geometry:

The neo-platonist Thomas Taylor writes, “Like a bridge, [sacred] geometry enables its votary to pass over the obscurity of material nature, as over some dark sea to the luminous regions of perfect reality.”  We might ask: What’s the difference between sacred number and geometry and the math we learned in high school? What makes it sacred?

This series was presented by Francis Donald, wrapping up in September, 2016.  Francis looked at the intrinsic qualities of each of the first twelve numbers, for example instead of considering one as a counting phenomena, i.e., 3+1=4, he looked at one as unity, and at the nature of wholeness. Later webinars explored the magic of functions such as phi, which lies at the heart of all natural growth. Using artwork, photos, and diagrams, Francis related number and geometry to color, sound, temple construction, the tarot, the growth of shells and flowers, the Platonic and Archimedean solids, and the nature of the Cosmos.

 This series concluded September 2016, but you can access the archived webinar recordings by clicking the link below

Click here to access archived courses on Sacred Geometry

Esoteric Astrology:

            Click here to access archived 2015 Esoteric Astrology course

The Labours of Hercules:

“The progress of a world disciple is illustrated in the heavens by the Labours of Hercules through the zodiacal signs.  It is as though God had pictured in space his Plan for the working out of the evolution of the human spirit back to its source.”

Through the twelve zodiacal signs the twelve labours of Hercules are traced showing how he played the part of the aspirant upon the Path of Discipleship.  On it, he undertook certain tasks, symbolic in nature, and passed through certain episodes and events, which portray for all time the nature of the training and attainments which characterize the man who is nearing liberation.

There were 2 series of webinars on the Labours of Hercules.  These webinars discussed the myth, analyzed the labor, and show how they pertain to the life of the world disciple (each one of us).  There was a long series with monthly webinars, one for each sign, that began with an introduction in March 2013 and the Aries Labor in April 2013, and concluded with the Pisces Labour in March 2014.

There was a 2nd series, a condensed version of the labors with 3 labors each month held in 2015.  Both series can be found at:

Click here to access archived Labours of Hercules courses

The Seven Rays:

The Seven Rays constitute a most important component of Esoteric Psychology. All life including all kingdoms are conditioned by the Seven Rays, whether it be an animal, a tree, a human, an organisation, a city or nation. Every unit of the human race is on some one of the seven rays. Therefore, some one colour predominates, and some one tone sounds forth. Every human being is swept into manifestation on the impulse of some ray, and is coloured by that ray quality, which determines his form and indicates the way that he should go. A ray confers physical conditions, the quality of the emotional nature, and the distribution of energy giving a predisposition to certain strengths and weaknesses. It gives the human being his colouring and quality. The personality shifts from ray to ray, from life to life, until all qualities are developed. While this process of soul control is being perfected, the ray types of the personality vehicles steadily emerge, the ray of the personality begins to control, and the soul ray begins finally to infuse the personality. The soul ray is an indicator of one’s life purpose, and greatly contributes to the type of service the individual is destined to offer.

This series of webinars has concluded for now.  In these webinars students learn about the fundamentals of the rays, their influence, interplay and role in the spiritual progress of the human being; the cosmic origin of the seven rays, their descent to Earth and their expression in human psychology (the seven ray-types of human beings).

Click here to access archived courses on the Seven Rays 

Chart Delineation:

This was a series of webinars for Morya Federation students describing the basics of esoteric chart delineation concentrating on the personality and soul expressions of the Moon, Sun, and Ascendant signs and rays, as well as the difference between exoteric and esoteric house placements.  This series was presented first in 2015 and was re-presented in 2018 an expanded format.  You can view recordings for both series by clicking the links below:

Click here to access 2018 course on Chart Delineation

Click here to access archived 2015 course on Chart Delineation

Great Quest:

This a series of webinars for Morya Federation students that follow the curriculum of Great Quest.   While only students could attend the live webinar, anyone can view the recordings.

Click here to access archived courses for the Great Quest

OUR FACULTY 2022-2023

	Susana Ismael Acle lives in Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil and mentors students in the Spanish-speaking Meditation Quest Program.
	B.L. Allison lives in Florida, United States. Her roles within the Morya Federation include mentoring students in all streams of the Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 140 – Treading the Probationary Path, 150 – The Language of Energy (Esoteric Astrology), 240 – The Path of Discipleship, 250 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology I, 340 – The Path of Initiation, and 350 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology II in the Quest Universal Curriculum. BL is also the Course Head of the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs, and serves on the Administration Team.
	Jessica Baird lives in Washington, United States.  Within the Morya Federation, Jessica serves as a student-faculty member. She is continuing her studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Tania Belfort lives in Salvador, Brazil. She serves as a faculty member, mentor and head of the Portuguese-speaking Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs. Her assistance with the translating work has enabled the Morya Federation to offer study material and mentorship in Portuguese.  Tania is also the Director of the World Star of Peace Project centered in Salvador, Brazil.
	Diana Bolbochan lives in Caracas, Venezuela and mentors students in the Spanish-speaking Meditation Quest Program.  She is also the primary translator of Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs into Spanish.
	Pham Hong Chuong lives in Ha Noi, Viet Nam. Within the Morya Federation, Chuong serves as a student-faculty member. He is continuing his studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Vietnamese Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	J.P. Condick lives in the United Kingdom.  He is the Course Head and faculty advisor for courses 110 – Survey of Ageless Wisdom Fundamentals, 120 – The History of Humanity, 210 – Glamour and the Astral Plane, 220 – Manas and the Fifth Principle, 235 – Astronomy, and 520 – Occult Law.   Additionally, Jeremy serves as a faculty advisor for Courses 130 – Science and Occultism, 150 – The Language of Energy (Esoteric Astrology), 340 – The Path of Initiation, Courses 350 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology II, 420 – The Buddhic Plane, 430 – Lower and Higher Psychism, 440 – Group Initiation, 450 – Esoteric Healing I, 540 – Group Initiation II, 550 – Esoteric Healing II and all five levels of Service and Solutions for Humanity in the Quest Universal Curriculum.
	Risa D’Angeles lives in the United States.  Her roles include mentoring students in all streams of the Morya Federation Program.  Risa is also the founder and director of the Esoteric and Astrological Studies and Research Institute and Healing Group—a contemporary Wisdom School studying all endeavors of humanity through the lens of the Ageless Wisdom teachings.  The foundation of the Teachings is Astrology (basic and esoteric), and the Institute offers classes, meditation, counseling and Medical Astrology.  Visit Risa’s web journal at www.nightlightnews.org.
	Francis Donald lives in New Mexico, United States.  His roles within the Morya Federation include mentoring students in all streams of the Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 150 – The Language of Energy (Esoteric Astrology), 250 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology I, 350 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology II, 430 – Lower and Higher Psychism, and 530 – Occult Cosmogony and the Creative Hierarchies in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  Francis, who is both an artist and esoteric astrologer, provides beautiful artwork on zodiacal and other esoteric themes along with insightful commentary for many Morya Federation Web-events including the monthly Pre-Full Moon Webinars.  He also teaches in the Morya Federation Webinar Outreach Program through his stimulating webinar series.
	Elena Dramchini lives in Slovakia.  She is the Course Head and faculty advisor for courses 140 – Treading the Probationary Path, 240 – The Path of Discipleship, 340 – The Path of Initiation, 440 – Group Initiation, and 540 – Group Initiation II. Her roles within the Morya Federation include mentoring students within the Great Quest and Quest Universal Programs. Additionally, Elena serves as a faculty advisor for Courses 250 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology I and 350 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology II in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  She also teaches in the Morya Federation Webinar Outreach Program through her in-depth series of webinars on Disciple C.D.P. from Discipleship in the New Age.
	Victor Dutro lives in Ohio, United States. Within the Morya Federation, Victor serves as a mentor for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Jo Garceau lives in Washington, United States. Within the Morya Federation, Jo serves as a student-faculty member. She is continuing her studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Lynn Gitter lives in New Mexico, United States. Within the Morya Federation, Lynn serves as a student-faculty member. She is continuing her studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	David Henderson lives in Queensland, Australia. Within the Morya Federation, David serves as a mentor and administrative staff for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	David Hopper lives in Arizona, United States.  His roles within the Morya Federation include mentoring students in all streams of the  Morya Federation Academic Programs and serving as a faculty advisor for Courses 110 – Survey of Ageless Wisdom Fundamentals, 120 – The History of Humanity, 210 – Glamour and the Astral Plane, and 220 – Manas and the Fifth Principle and for the five levels of the Service and Solutions for Humanity courses in the Quest Universal Curriculum.
	Kim Thuan Ho lives in Hanoi, Viet Nam. She serves as a student-faculty member, beginning her new studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time mentoring Vietnamese-speaking students in the Meditation Quest Program. Her translating work has enabled the Morya Federation to offer study material and mentorship in Vietnamese.
	Lam Van Kiet lives in Ho Chi Minh City, Viet Nam.  He serves as a mentor and Course Head for the Vietnamese-speaking  Meditation Quest, Great Quest, and Quest Universal Programs. His translating work has enabled the Morya Federation to offer continuing study material and mentorship in Vietnamese.  Additionally he serves on the Admissions and Administration teams.
	Suzanne Laverdure  lives in Quebec, Canada.  She is the team lead and mentors students in the French-speaking Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Geoff Logie lives in New Zealand. Within the Morya Federation Geoff serves as a faculty advisor for  Courses 150 – The Language of Energy (Esoteric Astrology), 250 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology I, 440 – Group Initiation, 540 – Group Initiation II,  and for the five levels of the Service and Solutions for Humanity courses in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  He also mentors students enrolled in that curriculum.
	Nguyen Thi Ngoc Lan lives in Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. She serves as a student-faculty member, studying in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time mentoring Vietnamese-speaking students in the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Lorraine Peidle lives in Ohio, United States. Within the Morya Federation, Lorraine is the Course Head for 330 and 430, as well as a faculty advisor for Quest Universal programs 130 – Science and Occultism, 230 – Science and Kingdoms of Nature, 330 – Science and Spiritual Ecology, 430 – Lower and Higher Psychism, and 530 – Occult Cosmogony and Creative Hierarchies..
	Daisy Pham lives in Viet Nam.  She serves as a student-faculty member, beginning her new studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time mentoring Vietnamese-speaking students in the Meditation Quest Program.
	Walter Pullen lives in the state of Washington, United States.   Within the Morya Federation Walter serves as a faculty advisor for Courses 130 – Science and Occultism, 150 – The Language of Energy (Esoteric Astrology), 230 – Science and the Kingdoms of Nature, 250 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology I, and 330 – Science and Spiritual Ecology in the Quest Universal Curriculum. Walter also mentors students enrolled in all streams of the Morya Federation Program and developed the latest on-line versions of the PIP III and TARA tests.
	Nicole Resciniti lives in Victoria, Australia.  She is the Course Head and a faculty advisor for courses 450 – Esoteric Healing I and 550 – Esoteric Healing II.  Her roles within the Morya Federation include mentoring students in all streams of the Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 150 – The Language of Energy (Esoteric Astrology), and 310 – The Nature of Illusion in the Quest Universal Curriculum.
	Tuija Robbins is the Vice President of the University of the Seven Rays, and she lives in Finland.  She is the Course Head and faculty advisor for Quest Universal Courses 260 – The Deva Hierarchy, 320 – The Solar Angel and the Egoic Lotus, 360 – White Magic and the Mental Plane, 460 – White Magic and the Astral Plane;  and 560 – White Magic and the Etheric Plane.  Additionally, she serves as a mentor for students in both the Great Quest and Quest Universal Programs. Tuija is the Director of the Northern Light Society in Finland, which is closely affiliated with the Morya Federation. She provides monthly Full Moon Service-Meditations as well as many broadcasts at significant spiritual moments of the year. She also directs the Blue Rose Sisterhood affiliated with the Morya Federation, and is part of the Administration Team.
	Dorothy Roeder lives in Arizona, United States.  She is a mentor for the Meditation and Great Quest programs.
	Sam Scammell lives in Australia. Within the Morya Federation, Sam serves as a student-faculty member. He is continuing his studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Sam Sheldon lives in Oregon, United States.  He is the Course Head and a faculty advisor for five Quest Universal courses 170 through 570, Service and Solutions for Humanity.  His roles within the Morya Federation include mentoring students in both academic streams of the Federation Program, and, additionally serving as faculty advisor for  Courses 140 – Treading the Probationary Path, 240 – The Path of Discipleship, 340 – The Path of Initiation, and 440 – Group Initiation in the Quest Universal Curriculum.
	Eva Smith lives in Ontario, Canada. She is the Course Head and faculty advisor for Courses 150 – The Language of Energy(Esoteric Astrology), 250 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology I, and 350 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology II. Her roles within the Morya Federation also include mentoring students in both streams of the Morya Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 140 – Treading the Probationary Path, 240 – The Path of Discipleship, 340 – The Path of Initiation, 410 – Macrocosmic Centers and Rounds, 450 – Esoteric Healing I, and 550 – Esoteric Healing II in the Quest Universal Curriculum. Eva is deeply involved in the Morya Federation Webinar Outreach Program providing webinar programming on Esoteric Astrology, Esoteric Psychology and The Science of the Seven Rays.
	Michael Stacy lives in Hawaii, United States. A Graduate of Quest Universal, within the Morya Federation, Michael serves as a faculty advisor for the Service and Solutions for Humanity courses as well as serving as a mentor for all streams of the Morya Federation Program. He also serves extensively behind the scenes as lead staff for the Esoteric United Nations program, developer/maintainer for several pages on www.makara.us, and assisting on a number of webinars with Morya Federation (he is on sabbatical right now).
	Vicktorya Stone lives in New England, United States. She is a Webmaster and Technical Advisor for the Morya Federation, a member of the Administration Team, Coordinator of Facebook and other social and general communications, and is one of the webmasters for the external Morya Federation website as well as the Makara archives (www.makara.us) where all of the Morya Federation webinars and the collected work of Michael Robbins can be found. She was also involved closely with curriculum creation and faculty work on the online Campus, and serves as a mentor and faculty advisor for some Quest Universal courses.
	Jocelyne Traub lives in Ontario, Canada. Jocelyne’s roles include mentoring students in all streams of the Morya Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 260 – The Deva Hierarchy, 320 – The Solar Angel and the Egoic Lotus, 360 – White Magic and the Mental Plane, 460 – White Magic and the Astral Plane, and 560 – White Magic and the Etheric Plane in the Quest Universal Curriculum. Jocelyne also assisted for a number of years as a member of the Administration Team and was one of the webmasters for the external Morya Federation website (www.moryafederation.com).
	Bui Kim Thu lives in Ha Noi, Viet Nam. Within the Morya Federation, she serves as a student-faculty member. She is continuing her studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Vietnamese Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Diana Warren lives in Arizona, United States. Within the Morya Federation, Diana serves as a student-faculty member. She is continuing her studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Rachel Verdon lives in Quebec, Canada.  She mentors students in the French-speaking Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Jo Walz lives in the United States and is the Morya Federation Constant Contact developer and manager.  She is the lead scheduler and support staff for the faculty webinars and Esoteric Healing webinars, and assists with all other programs.  A critical part of her responsibilities are ensuring the vast webinars by Michael Robbins and the Morya Federation faculty are available on the Morya Federation YouTube Channel.
	OUR ADJUNCT AND PRIOR FACULTY MEMBERS
	Louise Arnold in New South Wales, Australia.   Louise serves in the role of an adjunct faculty member in the Morya Federation.
	John Harvey lives in California, United States.  His roles within the Morya Federation included mentoring students in the Quest Universal Program and serving as a faculty advisor for Courses 110 – Survey of Ageless Wisdom Fundamentals, 120 – The History of Humanity, 210 – Glamour and the Astral Plane, and 220 – Manas and the Fifth Principle in that same program.
	Halina Bak-Hughes lives in California, United States. Halina serves in the role of an adjunct faculty member in the Morya Federation. Halina is a member of the Board of the Seven Ray Institute and University of the Seven Rays and facilitates the SRI/USR Conferences  (https://sevenray.org/) through her work on the Seven Ray Conference Committee.
	Robert Borel lives in California, United States. Within the Morya Federation Robert serves as an adjunct faculty member. Robert’s creation of beautiful instructional videos on some of the great themes of the Ageless Wisdom provides educational enrichment for all students.
	Dorothy Caldwell lives in California, United States.  Her roles within the Morya Federation include mentorship within all streams of the Morya Federation Programs.  Dorothy also serves as a faculty advisor for Courses 150 – The Language of Energy (Esoteric Astrology), 250 – Advanced Esoteric Psychology I in the Quest Universal Curriculum. (currently on sabbatical)
	Duane Carpenter lives in the United States. Duane serves in the role of an adjunct faculty member in the Morya Federation. His beautiful and deeply meaningful works of esoteric art enrich many Morya Federation presentations and he is currently conducting a webinar series called Awakening the Higher Mind and Intuition.  His extensive work presenting the Ageless Wisdom can be found on his Light-Weaver website (currently undergoing maintenance).
	Glenda Christian-Young lives in Texas, United States.   Her roles within the Morya Federation included mentoring students in all streams of the Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 140 – Treading the Probationary Path, 240 – The Path of Discipleship, 340 – The Path of Initiation, 430 – Lower and Higher Psychism, 530 – Occult Cosmogony and the Creative Hierarchies in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  (She is currently on sabbatical.)
	Athina Danti lives in Greece.  Athina is in the process of preparing translations of the Morya Federation Curriculum into Greek for the benefit of Greek students.  Athina also serves as mentor and faculty advisor to students whose first language is Greek.  She also works with a Greek group who have created a site for the New Group of World Servers at http//nopeen.blogspot.gr
	Lyn Darnall lives in California, United States.  She was the Course Head and faculty advisor for courses 130 – Science and Occultism, 230 – Science and the Kingdoms of Nature, 330 – Science and Spiritual Ecology, 430 – Lower and Higher Psychism, and 530 – Occult Cosmogony and the Creative Hierarchies in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  She also mentored students in all streams of the Morya Federation Program.  She retired in 2020.
	Gail Dimitroff lives in California, United States.  Her roles within the Morya Federation included mentoring students in all streams of the Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 260 – The Deva Hierarchy, and 460 – White Magic and the Astral Plane in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  (She is currently on sabbatical.)
	Maria Cristina Donnadieu lives in Arizona, United States.  Her focus is with the Arcane School and Lucis Trust, but she serves as a bridged between those organizations and the Morya Federation.  For several years she served as a faculty advisor for Courses 360 – White Magic and the Mental Plane, and 460 – White Magic and the Astral Plane in the Quest Universal Curriculum.
	Susan Fangman lives in Kentucky, United States.  Her roles within the Morya Federation included mentoring students in all streams of the Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 260 – The Deva Hierarchy, 320 – The Solar Angel and the Egoic Lotus, 360 – White Magic and the Mental Plane, 460 – White Magic and the Astral Plane, 530 – Occult Cosmogony and the Creative Hierarchies, and 560 – White Magic and the Etheric Plane in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  She retired in 2022.
	Rene Fugere lives in Quebec, Canada.  He served as the Course Head for the French-speaking Meditation and Quest Programs, and was instrumental in the on-going translations of the Morya Federation programs into French. (He is currently on sabbatical.)
	Wendy Glaubitz lives in Quebec, Canada and mentors students in the French-speaking Meditation Quest Program (she is on sabbatical right now).
	Kay Hannan lives in Queensland, Australia. Kay worked for many years as the Student/Faculty Liaison Coordinator and keeper of the academic records for the Morya Federation. Her roles within the Morya Federation included serving as a member of the Admissions Team, Administration Team, one of the webmasters for Campus, and the Morya Federation Externalization Team.  Semi-retired now, Kay continues to support the Morya Federation by serving as a mentor and sending inspirational Full Moon images each month along with the Full Moon meditations.
	Luis Alejandro Hernández Ríos lives in Mexico.  His roles included mentoring students in all streams of the Morya Federation Program, and serving as faculty advisor for Courses 110 – Survey of Ageless Wisdom Fundamentals, 120 – The History of Humanity,140 – Treading the Probationary Path, 210 – Glamour and the Astral Plane, 220 – Manas and the Fifth Principle, 240 – The Path of Discipleship, 260 – The Deva Hierarchy, 320 – The Solar Angel and the Egoic Lotus, and 360 – White Magic and the Mental Plane in the Quest Universal Curriculum.   (He is currently on sabbatical.)
	Leoni Hodgson lives in Queensland, Australia.  She was the Director for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs, and her roles for many years within the Morya Federation also included mentoring students in all streams of the Morya Federation Program and development of webinar series for students as part of the Morya Federation Webinar Outreach Program.   (Leoni is currently on sabbatical as she concentrates on teaching and writing books.)
	LaUna Huffines lives in Texas, United States. Within the Morya Federation, LaUna serves as a mentor for students in the Meditation Quest Program.  (she is currently on sabbatical).
	Sheldon Hughes lives in California, United States. Sheldon serves in the role of an adjunct faculty member in the Morya Federation. He is a member of the Board of the Seven Ray Institute and University of the Seven Rays and facilitates the SRI/USR Conferences (https://sevenray.org/) through his work on the Seven Ray Conference Committee.
	Ruby Johnson lives in South Australia, Australia.  Ruby served as a mentor for students in the Great Quest Program.   (she is currently on sabbatical)
	Freda Kemp lives in Ontario, Canada.  Freda works on the fund raising efforts for the Morya Federation.
	Astrid Kennedy lives on Tamborine Mountain, Queensland, Australia. She serves as administrative staff for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.
	Bianca Kicken lives in the Netherlands.  Bianca is in the process of preparing translations of the PIP III into Dutch.  Bianca is also a member of the Netherlands Theosophical Society (http://theosofie-assen.blogspot.nl), serving as a study advisor for monthly seminars.
	Keith LaValley lives in Pennsylvania, United States. Within the Morya Federation, Keith served as a faculty advisor for Course 170 – Service and Solutions for Humanity as well as a mentor for students in the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.  He is currently involved in other out outreach programs.
	Harold Moses lives in Phoenix, Arizona.  Harold is a composer and founder of The Institute of Harmonic Science – www.highervibrationsmusic.com. He has partnered with Michael Robbins on Solar Ritual Oratorios.  Within the Morya Federation, he is a recording expert and MF YouTube master.
	Zenaide Moret-Reboucas lives in Switzerland.  She has aided the Portuguese-speaking program and continues to work in a peripheral role within the Morya Federation programs.
	Lone Ørbech-Grønlund lives in Denmark.  Lone’s roles within the Morya Federation included mentoring students in all streams of the Morya Federation Program and serving as a faculty advisor for Courses 360 – White Magic and the Mental Plane, 460 – White Magic and the Astral Plane;  and 560 – White Magic and the Etheric Plane in the Quest Universal Curriculum.  She retired in 2022.
	Katharine Powers lives in Minnesota, United States. Within the Morya Federation, Katharine served as a student-faculty member. She is continuing her studies in the Quest Universal Program and at the same time, serving as a mentor for the Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.  She is currently on sabbatical.
	In Memory of Michael Robbins, the Director of the Morya Federation and President of the University of the Seven Rays (https://sevenray.org/), divided his time between Finland and Arizona, United States.  He oversaw the design of the Morya Federation Courses and also served as a mentor for students in the Quest Universal Programs. Michael offered monthly Pre-Full Moon Webinars and many other webinars on the Ageless Wisdom for all who may be interested; his vast storehouse of webinars can be found at www.makara.us. Michael was also an accomplished musician and composed twelve Musical Ritual Oratorios on the progress of the disciple in all the signs of the Zodiac, and 4 additional esoteric oratorios on The Will, Sirius, the Ray Lords and the Return of the Christ.
	José Rodriguez lives in Spain.  José, a long-time student of the Ageless Wisdom, teaches Esoteric Astrology, Esoteric Psychology,  and Hylozoics, and translates esoteric texts into Spanish.
	Frederic Simon lives in France. Within the Morya Federation, Frederic is part of the translation team preparing Meditation Quest into French.
	Mikha’el StarCrow lives in Canada.   He is the Zoom master for new webinars and support, technical advisor and USR Conference technical advisory team member with expanding support of MF Communications and Support Team.
	Tiiu Strauss lives in Estonia. Within the Morya Federation, Tiiu served as a mentor for Meditation Quest and Great Quest Programs.  She is retired in 2022.
	Julia Tarnawsky lives in New Zealand.  Julia is a faculty member of the Southern Lights Centre and Christ-College of Trans-Himalayan Wisdom—an esoteric college affiliated with the Morya Federation (http://www.southernlights.org.nz/). Within the Morya Federation she serves as an adjunct faculty member.
	Orest Tarnawsky lives in New Zealand. Orest is a faculty member of the Southern Lights Centre and Christ-College of Trans-Himalayan Wisdom—an esoteric college affiliated with the Morya Federation (http://www.southernlights.org.nz/). Within the Morya Federation Orest serves as an adjunct faculty member.
	Kerry Woodward lives in the Netherlands and serves in the role of an adjunct faculty member in the Morya Federation.  He is a composer and conductor and his webpage is http://kerrywoodward.com/welcome/welcome.html.

The Morya Federation Campus

The Morya Federation is an international Esoteric School whose faculty members and students represent more than 25 countries in North and South America, Africa, Europe, Southeast Asia, Australia and New Zealand.  Our campus resides on the Internet, where students can access all resources needed for successful learning and a rewarding Spiritual Quest experience.  We offer a variety of programs to suit students at various levels of expertise and time availability.

All individuals who are drawn to spiritual teachings and to a comprehensive program of esoteric Meditation, Study, and Service are welcome.  Our study programs focus on the books of Alice A. Bailey.

Our campus has three streams of education:

Meditation Quest, for beginners:  https://www.moryafederation.com/programs/meditation-quest/ 

Great Quest, our intermediate program:  https://www.moryafederation.com/programs/the-great-quest/

Quest Universal, the most advanced program:  https://www.moryafederation.com/programs/quest-universal/ 

Or if you would rather not enroll in our on-line school, you might want to start off by watching some of the Student Webinars at the Morya Federation Student Webinars.

Some webinars are for beginning students like the following:

Journey of the Soul (David Hopper)

Discover the Self: Through the 7 Rays Webinar (Eva Smith)

Great Quest Student Webinars (Leoni Hodgson, BL Allison)

Seven Rays Webinars and Esoteric Astrology Webinars (Eva Smith)

Other webinars are more advanced and get deeper into esotericism, like:

Awakening the Higher Mind with Duane Carpenter

Sacred Geometry Webinars (Francis Donald)

Secret Doctrine Webinars (Francis Donald)

Secret Teachings of All Ages Webinars (Francis Donald)

As you can see, we at the Morya Federation offer a wide assortment of student programs as well as the repository of webinars and information compiled on the Morya Federation You Tube Channel and our Makara.us archives of the Ageless Wisdom.  Michael Robbins’ webinars and commentaries on all the Alice Bailey books are also favorites for new students as well as seasoned esotericists:

MDR Commentaries

Tapestry of the Gods

The Morya Federation is an affiliate of the University of the Seven Rays, a non-profit, tax-exempt, educational corporation in the State of Arizona: 501 C-3. Through comprehensive programs of meditation, study and service, our goal is to create the thousands of soul-illumined workers necessary to help bring forward the values of the Age of Aquarius.  

Our faculty, mentors and staff, are all volunteers who do not receive any salary. Although there is no established fee for our education programs and access to webinars, we rely on the financial support of benefactors and voluntary contributions from our students. Funds are needed for language translation, creation of webinars, transcripts, and study materials, and for administrative and technical support to maintain the private on-line campus, website and social media outreach. Your financial support is vital.

Please join the generous people who support our work by making a donation.  

The paypal donation will show as UNIV SEVEN RAYS on your records.

Thank you for your generosity in supporting this educational service of the University of the Seven Rays

The following letters are past invitations to prospective students from our Founder, Michael Robbins. We are continuing to grow and expand our offerings and we accept applications at any time for our several programs — please see our application page.

Dear Prospective Students of the Ageless Wisdom,

___________________

Dear Prospective Students of the Ageless Wisdom,

Just a little less than a month remains before we begin our eighth year of meditation, study and service with the Morya Federation. We always begin with a group meditation at the Capricorn Solstice which this year occurs on Tuesday, December 22^nd, at 4:47:55 AM, GMT and in the United States at various times on December 21^st.

I encourage you to think of what a deepening of your understanding of the Ageless Wisdom can mean in your life, especially in relation to the quality of service you are equipped to offer to your fellow human beings. Every awakening human being treads the Path of Service-to humanity and to the planet; this is as it should be. But the individual who has entered deeply into the Ageless Wisdom through meditation and study is able to offer those he or she serves something additional of inestimable value.

The Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet is preparing to externalize. Certain members of the Hierarchy and the Great Lord, the Christ, will again walk among us in physical form, teaching and inspiring humanity to do what must be done to lift the human race onto a much higher turn of the evolutionary spiral. I am sure that many who read this little letter will have it in their heart and aspiration to cooperate with the Great Ones in that great task.

At the Morya Federation we offer a thorough grounding the Ageless Wisdom and the possibility for a true expansion of esoteric understanding. Our three programs, meant to be followed sequentially by those who have the spiritual stamina, are: Meditation Quest (our introduction to Occult Meditation); Great Quest (our two-year program focusing on Esoteric Psychology and an introduction to the Science of Esoteric Astrology and the Seven Rays; and Quest Universal (our five-year advanced program focusing on a broad understanding of the role of the microcosm within the macrocosm.) The normal time allowed for completion of these three programs is eight years, but some may choose to take more time, which is certainly possible.

We strongly encourage you to visit the Morya Federation Website (www.moryafederation.com to learn more about the Federation, its Faculty, Administration and Student Body. There you will find three applications, one for each of our three programs. We hope that you will feel inspired to complete one of them, send it to us (at moryafederation@gmail.com). We will respond to you shortly and in all probability invite you to join the Morya Federation as a student. Indeed, we look forward to working with you, for all of us are students of the Ageless Wisdom, seeking to serve humanity through increasing mental illumination, spiritual love and spiritual will.

In Light, Love and Power,

Michael Robbins: Director, Morya Federation; President, Seven Ray Institute and University of the Seven Rays

______________________

Dear Friends of Humanity and Disciples Aspiring Towards the Light of Wisdom,

We soon begin the eighth year of meditation and study within the Morya Federation—a federated group of esoteric schools bridging towards the New and Future Schools of Esotericism which are beginning to appear around the world. Their initial appearance may be anticipated perhaps in decades, and their full appearance perhaps in centuries; nevertheless the bridge must be built.

The Ageless Wisdom is the “pearl of great price”. It has been given to us through the tremendous sacrifice of Masters and high initiates. We must finally come to recognize this. When the opportunity exists to deeply study and meditation  upon the Ageless Wisdom (and to enhance our service to humanity as a result of our meditation and study), the opportunity must be taken, if we are even truly to join the ranks of those who are the Custodians of the Divine Plan.

Please go to the Morya Federation Website (www.moryafederation.com) and press the tab called Applications. There you will find the opportunity to apply for one of three of our educational programs: Meditation Quest, Great Quest or Quest Universal. Please examine the website and learn about the Morya Federation, its programs and its purposes. We look forward to receiving one of your completed Applications shortly, so you can be ready to start your studies at the December Solstice, December 21^st, 2015. This is the time when Master DK recommended for beginning the yearly cycle of the new esoteric schools. And if you are a former student of the Federation, we will be pleased to re-welcome you for the continuation of your studies. On the Path of Spirituality leading to liberation, we must never give up!

Light, Love and Power,

Michael D. Robbins, Ph.D., Ph.D.E.

Director: Morya Federation

President: University of the Seven Rays and Seven Ray Institute

__________________________

Dear Prospective Students of the Morya Federation,

The Morya Federation is an esoteric school bridging towards the Future Preparatory Schools of Meditation about which the Tibetan Master, Djwhal Khul, writes so inspiringly in His book, Letters on Occult Meditation. At the Morya Federation we have embraced as much of the Master’s extensive, proposed esoteric curriculum as is possible for us at this time. We seek to give students who wish to expand their understanding of the Realities of Life a comprehensive and deep exposure to the Ageless Wisdom which, if truth be told, is far older than our planet, Earth.

Every year at this time I begin to write those who may have an interest in going deeper in the understanding of the Great Mysteries which the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet is now urgently presenting to the human race. Ever since the emergence of the great Initiate, Helena P. Blavatsky in the late 19^th century (and her monumental words, Isis Unveiled and The Secret Doctrine) the Spiritual Hierarchy has been making a concerted effort to increase the spiritual light, spiritual love and spiritual will of the human race so that the great transformation which is anticipated for humanity may occur according to the Divine Plan. Alice A. Bailey (working with the Tibetan Master) continued this invaluable presentation for another thirty years—from 1919 to 1949. It has not been easy but, in many ways, the presentation has been successful, and we, at the Morya Federation, seek to be of assistance to the Great Ones in Their great task of assisting in the redemption of humanity.

We are beginning our eighth year at the Morya Federation on December 22^nd, 2015. I will hold our annual Inaugural Meditation (which will include the exact moment of the December Solstice) on that date for all students (both new students and the veteran students who have been with us for some years or even from the very beginning). I hope your deep thought and meditation brings you to join us as participants in our Educational Program which lasts from one to eight years (or more, according to your will-to-complete and on your background in Trans-Himalayan Esotericism).

When you go to our Morya Federation Website (www.moryafederation.com) you will learn all about our Educational Federation and its programs. Please go there, read about what we offer, take your time to read carefully, and if you feel inspired by the possibilities, go to the Application Section, and choose to fill out one of our three types of Applications for 1) Meditation Quest (our Introduction to Meditation Program); 2) Great Quest (our Introductory Esoteric Psychology Program); or 3) Quest Universal (our Advanced Program in Esoteric Studies).

When one carefully examines the condition of humanity’s psyche, one easily sees the maya, glamor and illusion which excessively influence human thought and action. The unfortunate state of consciousness of so many in the Family of Humanity simply must change if we are to emerge as we should into the Age of Aquarius. The Ageless Wisdom holds the key to a far deeper understanding of the nature and destiny of the Human Family and of the aspiring individual within that family. Compared with the distorted and, even, childish visions which animate so many hundreds of millions, a true understanding of the Ageless Wisdom is seen as absolutely essential to humanity’s successful development. Bringing the Ageless Wisdom to humanity will require many intelligent men and women of goodwill, many servers, who are well-versed in its lore—students and teachers who understand it in depth. This potential for acquiring in-depth understanding (and the application in service of what is understood) is what we offer at the Morya Federation, the programs of which cover the wide range of esoteric thought—from the fundamentals all the way to the deeper and more abstruse levels of esotericism.

Please do go to our Morya Federation Website and take a good look at what we offer. If you wish to serve your fellow human beings by going deeply into the art and science of meditation and into esoteric studies (and inspiring others with what you have learned), then choose to fill out one of the three types of Applications and join us in the quest for true enlightenment – which will inevitably be followed by deeper service to your fellow human beings.

If you are already a member of the Morya Federation (either as a student or Faculty) please share this letter with those you know who may be interested in and may benefit from our educational programs. Many students illumined by the Ageless Wisdom are needed to help humanity make the great transition which lies before it—a transition into the fifth kingdom of nature, the Kingdom of Souls. This will signify the First Initiation of Humanity. We can hasten the arrival of this great unfoldment of consciousness if our will to meditation, study and service is of adequate strength!

Light, Love and Power:

Michael D. Robbins: Ph.D., Ph.D.E.: Director, Morya Federation; President, University of the Seven Rays and Seven Ray Institute

_____________________

Dear Friends of Humanity and of the Ageless Wisdom,

Today is November 30^th, 2014. In just about three weeks, the Morya Federation opens its seventh year of work, presenting a comprehensive program of esoteric education modelled on Master Djwhal Khul’s Curriculum for the Preparatory Schools of Meditation as presented in His book: Letters on Occult Meditation.

I have written you twice in the past month and my earlier letters are included below, as each letter includes thoughts not found in the other. Please read what I have said about the opportunity presented to you—to truly educate yourself deeply in the Ageless Wisdom Tradition. The Ageless Wisdom is truly ageless and antedates the formation of our planet Earth. In fact, it antedates our solar system. It is eternal Wisdom, always true within our present universe, though naturally adapted to the type of evolution humanity is pursuing on our particular planet. There are Esoteric Schools on other planets as well, according to descriptions offer by Master DK, and such schools will naturally present the Ageless Wisdom according to the needs and evolutionary requirements of those particular planets.

The Esoteric School on our planet is discussed in the following way:

“Earth (3rd)—The School of Magnetic Response. Another name given to its pupils is `The graduates of painful endeavour’ or the `adjudicators between the polar opposites.’ Its graduates are said to undergo examination upon the 3rd subplane of the astral plane.” (Esoteric Astrology 693)

Just for contrast, here is the description of the Esoteric School to be found on Vulcan, a School closely related to the Earth-School. “Vulcan (1st)—The School of Fiery Stones. There is a curious connection between the human units who pass through its halls and the mineral kingdom. The human units on the earth scheme are called `the living stones’; on the Vulcan they are called `fiery stones.’” (Esoteric Astrology 693)

Note also the School on Mercury: “Mercury (4th)—The pupils of this planetary school are called `The Sons of Aspiration’ or `The points of Yellow Light.’ They have a close connection with our Earth scheme. The name of this school is not given.” (Esoteric Astrology 694)

Or consider the School on Venus: “Venus (5th)—The School with five strict Grades. This again is a planetary scheme closely related to ours. Its planetary Logos is in a more advanced group of cosmic students than is ours. Most of its hierarchical instructors come from the 5th cosmic plane.” (Esoteric Astrology 694)

The descriptions of the various schools make for fascinating reading but descriptions are not given for all of them, for the names and functions of some of them are part of the Mysteries of Initiation.

Esoteric Schools like the Morya Federation are certainly not the great Planetary Schools (not by far) but they do attempt to educate the spiritually advancing human being in such a way that he or she can participate with full consciousness in the type of esoteric education offered by the Planetary Hierarchy of our particular planet. Our planet is really a Great School, as are all the other planets, and all these Planetary Schools are ultimately under the supervision of our Solar Logos. Amazing really!

Well, friends, we have to begin somewhere. We are far, far from the understanding we will one day have when we are Members of the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet (and we will be) but we are on our way, and if we choose to act with purposeful deliberation, we may hasten the day when we will be far better equipped to serve humanity on behalf of the Spiritual Hierarchy.

Try to take the long-range view. Realize that one incarnation is a relatively short time and that an amazing future lies ahead of all of us and before humanity in general. But we all need help getting there, and that’s why the Ageless Wisdom exists—to present the Truth of the Inner Life in such a way that we can absorb and express it, benefitting from the long experience of Those who have gone before us.

All esoteric training is Self-training. It is the true Inner Self which offers the training. The brilliant curriculum of Master DK is there to help us, but the responsibility of meditation, study, service and the general absorption of what is given is ours.

So this is an invitation to assume a new level of esoteric responsibility in your life. Times on Earth are especially difficult now, and probably you are pressed with many duties, demands and karmic obligations. Despite all these apparent obstacles (and let us remember that Master Morya said, “Obstacles are possibilities”), I am asking you to take on another burden on behalf of humanity and the Spiritual Hierarchy. Master Morya said, “Burden me still more”, and thereby gave us the mantram for those who would truly advance rapidly in their evolution and advance rapidly in their capacity to serve. Will you be among those who can and will accept the additional burden of intensive esoteric training? I hope so.

Please go to www.moryafederation.com and look at our three types of Applications. According to your interests and experience, please select one and fill it out. We will respond to you within a week, and in all probability you will be entering the Morya Federation as a student—intensifying your role in preparing for the Externalization of the Hierarchy and the Reappearance of the Christ.

In Light, Love and Power,

Michael Robbins, Ph.D., Ph.D.E.

Director: Morya Federation

President: University of the Seven Rays

President: Seven Ray Institute

Dear Friends of Humanity and the Ageless Wisdom,

A couple of weeks ago I sent you a letter alerting you to the beginning of the seventh year of the Morya Federation, our international School of the Ageless Wisdom, providing many aspects of the New-Esoteric-Schools-Curriculum proposed by the Tibetan Master Djwhal Khul in His illuminating book, Letters on Occult Meditation. The response to my letter was very encouraging and many of you have gone to the Morya Federation Website (www.moryafederation.com) to have a look at our Federation Programs, download one or other of the three types of applications, and then complete and send your application. I am very pleased with the response. Really, there is no time to lose, the launch for the seventh year begins on December 21^st 2014—the day of the Capricorn Solstice.

Below, I am again re-sending my first letter to you, which I ask to read (if you are receiving it for the first time) or to re-read to really understand what we are proposing – an in-depth program of meditation, study and service which will assist that great Disciple, Humanity itself, as it strives to deepen its understanding of reality and its cooperation with the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet.

In these challenging and dangerous times, with the world so far out of balance, we might ask, “Why should I take years to train myself in the Ageless Wisdom and its Esoteric Arts and Sciences?” “Is it a practical course of action at a time when so much is at stake for Humanity?” I will simply answer that, according to Master DK, it is the intention of many Masters of the Wisdom to emerge into visibility before the eyes of Humanity and that this “Externalization”, as it is called, will further prepare the way of the Reappearance of the Christ—the World Saviour and Teacher, Who will truly initiate Humanity into the New Age. The wonderful little book The Reappearance of the Christ,informs us of the reality of these impending spiritual events; they are no fanciful hopes and dreams but the Plan of the Lord of the World, Himself, Sanat Kumara. The entire process is supported by great Spiritual Beings on the “inside” of life. It will happen, and, in fact, is in process of happening now. We, you and I, can help, if we are trainedspiritually, and understand something of the methods to be used by the Spiritual Hierarchy to educate and redeem Humanity so that it can enter the Age of Aquarius safely and sanely—never an easy task. In short, we all are needed, and if we know more about the Ageless Wisdom and express its principles in our lives, then we can be far more useful than if we remain ignorant or relatively ignorant of the Great Wisdom.

During the Age of Aquarius, which will last more than 2000 years, Humanity must be transformed through the process of discipleship and initiation. Hierarchy’s Plan will not be achieved in a few decades—not even in a few centuries. Our ongoing cooperation is needed. Most of us believe in reincarnation and are convinced that we will be present, through various incarnations, during this transformative process occurring in the Age of Aquarius. There is no time like NOW, the end of the Era of the Forerunners (the last ten years before 2025), to make sure our spiritual training begins in earnest and persists—ever-deepening as the years pass.

So friends, a Great Opportunity is with us. Of course it can be met in many ways—not just through the Morya Federation. There are other fine esoteric schools and many other avenues of service to Humanity. Many ways lead to the desirable objective. I simply offer you the opportunity to work with us—a group of dedicated students and teachers of the Ageless Wisdom, which has attempted to adapt Master DK’s magnificent Esoteric Curriculum (which will later be fully expressed in the coming New Schools of Meditation) to the needs and capacities of present students of the Ageless Wisdom.

It is my impression, friends, that the next ten years or so will be trying in the extreme. Millions of human beings will need a “strong hand in the dark” to guide them aright. The premises on which our civilization is founded will be challenged, and Humanity will demand more—more knowledge, wisdom, understand and love. We can be there for those who begin to seek for Reality. We can offer a Vision of the Truth which will inspire and guide them on their way—IF we are trained to do so.

So please visit the Morya Federation Website (www.moryafederation.com), become familiar with our programs, take a good look at our applications, and if you are inspired to join the last great push in the Era of the Forerunners, fill out one of those applications and join us. Now is the time for “Progress Onward”. For those of you who may have been hesitating, ask yourself, “If not now, when?!”

Together, we can make a difference!—a different to Humanity and to the progress of our Planetary Life!

Light, Love and Power,

Michael Robbins

Director: Morya Federation

President: University of the Seven Rays

Dear Friends of Humanity and the Ageless Wisdom,

The Morya Federation will soon begin its seventh year of active service on behalf of humanity and the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet. Many of you may be familiar with the idea of the new esoteric schools discussed in the Tibetan Master’s book Letters on Occult Meditation. There He gave a wonderful curriculum for both the Preparatory Schools and the Advanced Schools of the future. It is wise to realize that the true new esoteric schools upon which He elaborated will appear only in the future—in some cases, many centuries into the future, but a bridging movement towards the Preparatory Schools can now begin. To this work of bridging, the Morya Federation is dedicated.

The Morya Federation sponsors three types of work for its students. The first program lasts a year or two and is called Meditation Quest. In this program students learn the principles of spiritually occult meditation. There are many kinds of meditation, we probably realize, and occult meditation deals primarily with establishing true contact between the personality (the self we usually and ignorantly consider ourselves to be) and the soul (the Inner Self, a Higher Self). Very little written work is required of students entering Mediation Quest—only a monthly meditation report—useful not only for every student, but for the mentor who corresponds with and assists each student.

Some students may prefer simply to learn the techniques of occult meditation, but for those who seek to truly learn and understand something of the vastness of the Ageless Wisdom, two more years (or even seven more years) of meditation, study and service lie ahead in the Morya Federation Offering.

The next program, lasting a minimum of two years, is called Great Quest. Deeper penetration into occult meditation, of course, continues, but the curriculum is primarily one aimed at the understanding of esoteric psychology which, as the Tibetan Master explains, includes the study of the science of the seven rays, the science of esoteric astrology and the science of the etheric force centers or chakras. As well, there is an important introduction to the Science of Raja Yoga as presented in the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali (a great sage who lived more than 10,000 years ago). Alice Bailey’s book, The Light of the Soul, (featuring Patanjali’s stanzas translated into English by the Tibetan Master. DK) presents these sutras or stanzas in a way which can be best appreciated by the modern western disciple. This curriculum is particularly associated with the curriculum which will be taught in the Preparatory Schools and focuses on the human being considered as the microcosm.

Should students wish to continue with their meditations and studies after graduating from Great Quest, there awaits a minimally five-year program (Quest Universal) focusing on the macrocosm—the Greater Whole. This is the truly planetary, solar systemic and cosmic aspect of the Morya Federation Curriculum. When the Advanced Schools truly exist (and these schools really cannot begin before the Reappearance of the Great Lord—the Christ), their curriculum will have an important macrocosmic orientation—though practical occultism will also be taught. Quest Universal parallels a great deal of the curriculum to be offered in the Advanced Schools of Meditation. It should be said that it is possible to enter Quest Universal directly, if one is a student of sufficient experience with the Ageless Wisdom.

In the Quest Universal Curriculum, a broad survey is made of the great majority of Master DK’s books. There are also courses which relate to Theosophy and the works of Madame Helena P. Blavatsky (such as her masterpiece, The Secret Doctrine). The curriculum is very thorough, with a strong emphasis upon practical service to humanity as well as meditation and study. We think it offers a very good preparation for participation in the true new esoteric schools in incarnations to come.

For those who have the spiritual/academic stamina, there is also the opportunity to receive from the University of the Seven Rays a Ph.D.E. in Esoteric Studies. For this additional certificate of recognition, an original dissertation will be required.

Now, you might ask, why, at a time when humanity is deeply in the throes of world crisis, one should engage in such a program of intensive meditation and study.  Each one of the distinguished and esoterically experienced faculty members of the Morya Federation would have his or her own answer to this question. Let me share with you mine.

The world crisis exists for many, many reasons—some of which are deeply esoteric, such as a type of fourth initiation through which our Planetary Logos is passing, with that stressful initiation focusing through our particular planetary chain and its Earth-globe. But there are also many other reasons, and some of them have to do with human ignorance of the esoteric realities of life. Think how even a widespread understanding and acceptance of reincarnation would change human relations across the fact of the globe. Further, millions upon million so human beings have a wishfully childish notion of human destiny and of their own particular destiny. Their erroneous beliefs cause them to do things which work directly against the welfare of humanity and their own. The Ageless Wisdom has profound yet truly logical answers for those who seek the Truth in regard to the cause and nature of the universe, the nature of our local cosmosphere, the nature of our solar system, of the many planets in that system, and of our particular planet and its “god” or Planetary Logos. The Path of high spiritual achievement is clearly described and taught, and students come to understand that their progress towards a magnificent destiny is truly in their own hands. This is a tremendous empowerment compared to the way these subjects are treated by the world’s convention religions and philosophies. If these ideas are widely taught and widely accepted a real regeneration of humanity is not only possible but inevitable.  I have often thought that the Ageless Wisdom can make possible the salvation of humanity—a humanity in danger of destruction brought on by its own ignorance of life’s realities.

Well, there you have my abbreviated thought on the value of deep and persistent esoteric study, occult meditation, and the determination to serve others in such a way that will help to awaken the soul nature of humanity. It is my conviction, that work as a student with the Morya Federation can greatly assist a fuller development of these very desirable objectives. In fact I would call the spiritual regeneration of humanity and indispensable objective.

About two months now remain to fill out your application for one of our three programs. We always begin on December 21^st—the day of the Capricorn Solstice. Master DK said that this was the day to begin, and we have followed His advice. The Morya Federation as an Esoteric School has as strong Capricornian quality—Capricorn the sign of spiritual responsibility and of initiation. The energy of Aries is also very strong, indicating the pioneering spiritual/academic work done within the Federation.

Work within the Federation is not only written work. We now have a vibrant webinar and broadcast program which allows students to participate in lectures on fascinating subjects in real time—via their computer. Students can also make comments and ask questions on many of these programs. Recently, when the planet Uranus crossed the Ascendant of the Morya Federation, these changes were instituted and they add a stimulating new dimension to an already broad and deep esoteric curriculum.

So it is with real anticipation that I (and all the Faculty and Administration of the Federation) invite you to join the Morya Federation as a student in one or other of its three programs. You will find your Application at www.moryafederation.com–this is our new website and you can learn all about the Federation—far more than I have been able to impart in this short letter of invitation.

So—friends—those of you who wish to deepen your understanding of and participation in the realities of life, please go to our website, read about our programs, select one of our three Applications, fill it out, and join the Morya Federation striving forward with many students from all over the world—all moving forward into Greater Light and Service in these final years of the Era of the Forerunner preceding the Great Hierarchical Conclave of 2025.

In Light, Love and Power,

Michael (Robbins)

President of the University of the Seven Rays and Seven Ray Institute

Director: Morya Federation

Dear Friends of Humanity and of the Ageless Wisdom,

Every Sunday these days I try to write you about your opportunity to join the Morya Federation as it begins its seventh year on December 21^st, 2014—the Capricorn Solstice—the starting date for the new esoteric schools as Master DK advised. I have told you quite a bit about how I see this opportunity in my previous three Letters of Invitation. Today I will write a little from another perspective—that of “radioactivity” and “ingathering”.

Recently in planetary history (the last 2500 years ago) we have experience three periods of radioactivity towards Hierarchy, periods which are essentially periods of hierarchical ingathering—approach. There were earlier periods, such as one at the end of the fourth root-race, but we are now talking about modern times. The following paragraph will give us an idea of three planetary moments (two past and one intensifying) of real significance for humanity. 

“Another period of radioactivity occurred during the time of the Buddha and many achieved Arhatship in those days.  That period was the highest point of what is occultly termed “a cycle of the third degree,” and a similar degree of radiatory activity has not been reached since that time.  Human radiation of a very slight nature was felt about the time of Christ, but it only lasted for a couple of hundred years, and though individuals here and there have since achieved the goal, yet no large numbers have passed successfully through the fires of transmutation, and thus transcended the fourth kingdom.  The cycle is again on the upward turn; about the fourteenth century the human kingdom began to be noticeably radioactive, and we are on the way to the fulfilment of a “cycle of the second order” or of a period of transcendence of a still greater activity than in the time of the Buddha.  It will become demonstrably great when certain conditions have been fulfilled.” (TCF 1079)

So, Friends, I encourage you to “seize the day” (“carpe diem”) and plunge as deeply into the Ageless Wisdom as you can at this time in your life—whether you are early in your present incarnation or later. Your help is needed so that the Era of the Forerunner may be a true success. Help is needed to prepare the way of the Externalization of the Hierarchy and the Reappearance of the Christ. The consciousness of humanity must be educated along these lines and, of course, the best way to educate humanity is to educate ourselves in the true Light, Love and Power of the Ageless Wisdom.

Please to www.moryafederation.com and see what we have to offer. Also visit www.sevenray.net and www.makara.us. All these websites are interrelated and they have one fundamental Purpose—to present the Ageless Wisdom to the consciousness of humanity to the end that that consciousness may be uplifted and transformed.

We are the Morya Federation look forward to working with you.

Light, Love and Power,

Michael Robbins, Ph.D. Ph.D.E,

Director of the Morya Federation.

President of the University of the Seven Rays and Seven Ray Institute

Great Quest Overview (English)

Great Quest Requirements (English)

Great Quest (other languages)

Khóa Great Quest

We also offer Great Quest in Portuguese and French, but students take Meditation Quest first.

In Great Quest you will study levels of consciousness, the seven rays, the etheric body and its seven major energy centres, and will be introduced to esoteric astrology and esoteric psychology. The goal is to help you understand yourself better.  Both of these themes will be reviewed and expanded upon when you begin Quest Universal and take Course 150, The Language of Energy.

In your meditation training you will be assigned a new meditation subject each month, employing the Raja Yoga Meditation Techniques. At the beginning of each meditation you will need to spend a few minutes reading through the introductory paragraphs, an activity that will help to settle your energies, focus your thought, and attune you to the subject.

Your meditations will follow the Raja Yoga method of meditation, expressed through the following sequence of stages: Concentration, Meditation, Contemplation, Illumination and Inspiration.  Various visualization exercises accompany each meditation, and these are designed to help in the transformational work.

The academic year is divided into the Light Half of the Year (LHY, from the December solstice to the June solstice), when you study the course subjects and meditate.  The second six months are called the Dark Half of the Year (DHY, from the June solstice to the December solstice) during which time you continue your monthly meditations and write a paper integrating your learnings from the LHY.

Here is a description of the course work and meditations:

 Month 1:

The course starts with a brief overview of the cosmos and the spiritual goal for the Human Kingdom – which is conscious union with the soul or wisdom aspect of divinity. Then we study the Human Constitution, and the bodies or vehicles through which consciousness is evolving. Mindful that the soul on its own plane oversees the development of consciousness, we clarify our understanding about the role it plays in this process. Then, finally, we study the seven levels of consciousness through which the human being evolves as he journeys from ignorance to enlightenment.

Raja Yoga Meditation:

This meditation is based on Patanjali’s first Raja Yoga sutra: “OM, Raja Yoga is the Science of Union”. With this wonderful statement, we begin the Great Quest.

Months 2, 3, 4:

For three months, we study the Seven Ray energies, and how they affect you and other people. As you study and observe, your eye will begin to discriminate between these various spiritual forces. This study and practice will help you to understand yourself and your subtle energy system more clearly, and what you may need to transform or strengthen, in order to bring about a closer alignment with your soul. It will also help achieve the same understanding about others. This work is foundational in the Science of Esoteric Psychology, and success will expand your knowledge, your understanding, and your consciousness.

Raja Yoga Meditations:

The second month focus is upon “the Master”.  Our immediate Master is the soul (sometimes called the “Solar Angel”). However, once we are treading the Path, and after sufficient esoteric experience, we also become affiliated with an Ashram which is directed by one of the Masters of the Wisdom – a Member of the Spiritual Hierarchy or Great White Brotherhood of our planet.

During the third month we turn to “The OBSTACLES TO UNION”. These are the obstacles which slow down our spiritual development.

The fourth month deals with the “HINDRANCES TO UNION”. These are the psychological-emotional attitudes and states, which hinder our union with soul and Spirit.

Month 5:

During the fifth month we return to study the Human Constitution – specifically, the etheric field of man and of the cosmos. The etheric body is the energy vehicle which interpenetrates the physical dense body, and which receives and distributes forces from many different directions. Students should become very aware that the forces which play through this field and which interact with the forces of the desire body (the astral body) and mental body  are driven by the quality and nature of the thoughts and desires which human beings habitually generate.

Raja Yoga Meditation:

The second hindrance we focus upon is HATRED or ANGER, the root of which is deeply buried in the substance and fabric of the Human Kingdom.

Month 6:

This month we begin our work with the great Science of Astrology. You will be taught a simple method to understand the type of human consciousness associated with each sign of the zodiac. This month, we start with the Sun Sign.

Raja Yoga Meditation:

The hindrance we focus upon is DESIRE – ATTACHMENT. The intense desire for sentient existence is attachment, and this trait is inherent in the substance of every form. The Science of Right Detachment was given by Patanjali to help those upon the Path learn how to detach their senses from their usual “grip” on “things”. We introduce the subject in a simple form this month.

Meditations for the Dark Half of the Year:

During the seventh month we focus upon the SENSE OF PERSONALITY. The “personality” or lower ego (sometimes written with a little “e”), arises because of the tendency for the “knower” (you), to identify with the instruments of knowledge – especially with the mind and the contents of the mind.

At the eighth month we start studying the Five Commandments.  The first one we study is ABSTENTION FROM HARMFULNESS. Harmfulness is based on selfishness, and on an ego-centric attitude. It is action taken by the selfish individual to enforce, self-aggrandize and gratify the lower self.

At the ninth month we study the next Commandment, which is ABSTENTION FROM FALSEHOOD. Thinking and speaking the Truth is one of the great problems that the aspirant has to solve, and he who attempts to speak only that which is entirely accurate will find himself confronted by very definite difficulties.

The tenth month focuses on the Commandment: ABSTENTION FROM THEFT. This refers not only to stealing things that are tangible and physical, but also those things we improperly ‘steal’  emotionally and mentally.

The Commandment for the eleventh month is ABSTENTION FROM AVARICE. This deals with the sin of covetousness, which is literally theft upon the mental plane.  The sin of avarice may lead to any number of physical plane sins and is very powerful.

In the final month of Year 1 the Commandment is to ABSTENTION FROM THE MISUSE OF SEXUAL ENERGY. The actual wording of this sutra 2.38 is “by abstention from incontinence, energy is acquired.” Abstention from incontinence is literally “desirelessness” and governs the out-going tendencies towards that which is not the true Self.

Our other streams of education

Meditation Quest for beginners

Meditation Quest Overview (English)

Meditation Quest Description (English)

Meditation Quest Requirements (English)

Meditation Quest (other languages)

Khóa Thiền Cơ Bản

Busca Meditativa

La quete spirituelle par la meditation

Búsqueda por Medio de la Meditación

Quest Universal, the most advanced program

Quest Universal Overview (English)

Quest Universal Description (English)

Quest Universal Requirements (English)

We offer some Quest Universal programs in Vietnamese, but students enter this program by first taking Meditation Quest and Great Quest.

The Great Quest is a one-year program that focuses on the individual’s spiritual development.  As a student of The Great Quest you will be introduced to the Constitution of Man and the astrology and psychology of the human energy system.  Students also learn  Raja Yoga meditation, called the “kingly Science of the Soul” and focus on the right use of the mind and its utilization by the soul.

The Great Quest will allow you to know more clearly who you are; it will expand your awareness of the forces that affect your life and will teach you spiritual techniques that heal, uplift and transform.  The greater joy and purposeful living that you will attract into your life will enhance your personal well-being, your relationships and your contribution to others.

Who is it for?

The Great Quest is designed for those who are new to the study of the Ageless Wisdom.   However, it is also appropriate for experienced students of the Ageless Wisdom whose time for meditation and study is somewhat limited by other responsibilities.

The Great Quest program is intended to feed into the more intensive and longer Quest Universal Stream, which requires at least five years for completion.  It is therefore possible to study with us for seven years or longer, depending upon the student’s focus and discretionary time available.

What will you learn?

The course content focuses especially on two books by Alice A. Bailey:  Esoteric Astrology and The Light of the Soul (the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali).  Great Quest is a modified and shorter version of our Quest Universal Course 150, The Language of Energy, so students will be getting some of the same information in both courses.  QU150 builds on what is learned in GQ and takes you deeper into Esoteric Psychology.

In this course you will study the energies of the Seven Rays as well as the planetary influences, and learn how these energies affect human psychology.  You will also learn much about the human constitution – the various bodies of expression through which the spiritual man works as he seeks experience on Earth. You will also study the consciousness of man – the consciousness of the soul or Higher Self, and the more limited and familiar consciousness of the personality or lower self.

Following a brief study of the macrocosm, you will turn your focus upon yourself.   You will study your ray structure and astrological chart, in an attempt to identify your soul purpose, and what your soul or Higher Self requires of you in terms of your psycho-spiritual development and purification. You will combine this knowledge with transformational meditation work in order to bring about positive changes within your psyche.

At this stage upon the Path of Spirituality, the most important development required of us in order to evolve spiritually is the development, control and training of the mind. The mind is said to be the “slayer of the real” when it is controlled by the lower nature; but it is also the “revealer of the real”— the instrument of illumination and liberation when controlled by the Higher Self. To assist those people who are ready for the soul’s illumination, the great Hindu sage Patanjali designed the Raja Yoga system of occult meditation which you will follow in this course.

Great Quest is being developed in other languages:

We have two foreign language teams who have completed translations of Great Quest and several other languages under development.  In December 2017 the Vietnamese-speaking Great Quest began accepting students; in December 2018 the Portuguese-speaking Great Quest began accepting students; in December 2020 the French-speaking Great Quest began accepting students.  We hope to eventually also offer Great Quest in Spanish, and Italian-speaking programs.

Great Quest Description (English)

Great Quest Requirements (English)

Great Quest (other languages)

Khóa Great Quest

We also offer Great Quest in Portuguese and French, but students take Meditation Quest first.

Our other streams of education

Meditation Quest for beginners

Meditation Quest Overview (English)

Meditation Quest Description (English)

Meditation Quest Requirements (English)

Meditation Quest (other languages)

Khóa Thiền Cơ Bản

Busca Meditativa

La quete spirituelle par la meditation

Búsqueda por Medio de la Meditación

Quest Universal, the most advanced program

Quest Universal Overview (English)

Quest Universal Description (English)

Quest Universal Requirements (English)

We offer some Quest Universal programs in Vietnamese, but students enter this program by first taking Meditation Quest and Great Quest.

Websites within the Morya Federation family, plus other esoteric websites dedicated to the dissemination of the Ageless Wisdom.

Morya Federation YouTube Channel

Morya Federation Facebook Page

MAKARA – Collected works of Michael Robbins & archive of Ageless Wisdom videos and resources

Seven Ray Institute & University of the Seven Rays

_______________________________

       Ageless Wisdom – The Bigger Picture

Ancient Universal Mysteries (AUM)

Claire Beynon

Emergent Light

Esoteric Advent

Esoteric Astrologer

Journal of Esoteric Psychology Articles

Light Weaver     (temporarily under construction, will return soon)

Lucis Trust

Personal Identity Profile (PIP III)

       Sacred Teachings (David Hopper)

School for Esoteric Studies (SES)

Soul Bridging

Soulful Connections

Southern Lights Centre

Spiritual Life TV Channel

Spiritual Life You Tube Channel

Triangles of Light

Morya Federation Student Papers

To search on keywords, use your browser “CTRL + F” or “CMD + F” key to open the FIND function, or use the SEARCH box function in the upper right of this page.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Student Papers by Course Subjects

Quest Universal

Students in the five-level Quest Universal program are required to complete a paper for each course, and may choose their own topics in consultation with faculty and a mentor. Each paper is reviewed and approved before acceptance.

[The numbers in brackets are our internal course numbers.]

Fundamentals (Cosmology, Constitution of Man, Rules of the Road) [course 110]

History [course 120]

Science & Kingdoms of Nature [130, 230, 330, and elective, Astronomy 235]

Spiritual Path [Probation 140, Discipleship 240, Initiation 340, Group Initiation 440, 540]

Psychology (The Language of Energy: Seven Rays Astrology) [150, 250, 350]

Service, Seed Groups, Solutions for Humanity [170, 270, 370, 470, 570]

Glamour [210], Illusion [310]

Manas (the Mind, or Fifth Principle) [220]

Deva Kingdom (Angelic realm) [260, 360, 460, 560]

Solar Angel, Soul, Egoic Lotus [320]

White Magic [360, 460, 560]

Macrocosm [410]

Buddhic Plane, Union and Sex [420]

Psychism [430]

Esoteric Healing [450, 550]

Spiritual Hierarchy and Shamballa [510]

Occult Law [520]

Creative Hierarchies [530]

Synthetic Projects [all levels]
(Morya Federation provides an option for students to create other types of projects rather than research papers, or to combine subjects and offer comprehensive papers which address concepts raised in several courses.)

Synthetic papers may be included in the course topics (listed above) that best represent the subject matter.

The Great Quest Program

An esoteric analysis of astrological and rayological influences is the required paper for all students in the two-year Great Quest program.

Biographies of Famous People

“These papers have been created for scholarly purposes and many images have been sourced from the internet; while efforts are made to ensure these are pubic domain or otherwise free to use for this purpose, if you believe your image is being used without your permission or attribution, please contact us at contact@moryafederation.com and advise us of the URL of the paper, author’s name, page number and image description, and whether the image may be used with attribution or should be removed. Thank you.”

____________________________________________

Simply click on the paper title linked at the end of each paper’s description.

Papers are Adobe PDF format; download the free program here: http://get.adobe.com/reader/

____________________________________________

Fundamentals

The Chakras or Force Centers

An illustrated and comprehensive look at Chakras — their awakening, energy transference, kundalini, their relationship with disease, etc.  This synthetic paper is indeed a most valuable resource for an in-depth study of the etheric vehicle.

The Chakras or Force Centers

The Connective Tissue of the Universe

The etheric vehicle is the life energy that surrounds and penetrates all forms. It is related to the Life principle and is the field wherein Spirit and Matter meet. Essentially, it is the connective tissue of the universe and the basis for the unity of all that exists. This paper describes our etheric vehicle as the connector between the physical and spiritual realms, being an integral part of the etheric body of the Logos.

The Connective Tissue of the Universe

The Law of Periodicity

The Law of Periodicity is one of the basic laws governing existence. It governs all manifestation, whether it is the manifestation of a solar Logos through the medium of a solar system, or the manifestation of a human being through the medium of a form. This law controls likewise in all the kingdoms of nature.

The Law of Periodicity – from Manvantara to the moods

Law of Correspondences

Genesis 1:27 reads, “God created man in His own image…”. An exploration of this statement utilizes the Law of Analogy or Correspondences as we come to better know the relationships and symmetry of the universe. This paper is based on Master DK’s presentation of this law in Treatise on White Magic: “Through the Law of Analogy, or correspondences, the cosmic processes, and the nature of the cosmic principles are indicated in the functions, structure, and characteristics of a human being.”

Law of Correspondences

From Whence We Came

Why does God continually send forth parts of Himself into manifestation? Wouldn’t it be better if the Divine Sparks just stayed safe at their Father’s house in a transcendent state of Beingness? Obviously there must be a purpose and a great divine plan beyond the universe. This paper explores the ONE LIFE that periodically and regularly seeks to express ITSELF in myriads of forms, as the One reveals Himself in multiplicity.

From Whence We Came

Correspondences and Analogy in the Constitution of Man

We know from study of the Ageless Wisdom, that the mental, emotional/astral and etheric-physical levels with which we tend to identify as “self” are not what we truly are; they are vehicles for the expression of soul and ultimately of Spirit as we progress on the Path of Return, the evolutionary path from immersion in matter back to the experiential knowledge of Oneness.

Correspondence and Analogy in the Constitution of Man

Body to ‘Body’ — the Science of body and Spirit communication

Spirit Kinesiology or Transformational Kinesiology, enables an individual to access Spirit via the form or outer expression of Spirit. The author calls this outer form the body and the Inner Source from which all things flow (which includes the Soul and the Spirit), the ‘Body’. This approach recognizes that the Body knows everything about the body, and that muscle testing, when used by a practitioner who has connected with Soul, is the link between the body and the Body, and could lead to the scientific breakthrough that connects the dense physical to the Spirit.

Body to ‘Body’

The Law of Economy – A Misunderstood Principle

This paper presents the Law of Economy as it affects all grades of matter and influences daily living. The interactions of this Law with the two other universal Laws (the Law of Attraction and the Law of Synthesis) are described, within the context of human evolution.

The Law of Economy – a Misunderstood Principle

Christ of the Heavens, the Human, and the Heart

This comprehensive paper presents the many meanings that we associate with the Christ — a principle, a state of consciousness, a cosmic, historical and personal identity, the embodiment of the Principle of Love, etc. The various divine attributes of the Christ are presented in a most invocative and inspiring fashion.

Christ of the Heavens, the Human and the Heart

 Back to Table of Contents

History

The History of Humanity – Root Races Development

The law of cyclic evolution – involving chains, globes, rounds, and root races applies to all the planets of our solar system. The Earth, along with the other planets, incarnates over many vast cycles called ‘rounds’ or manvantaras. The universal evolution is septenary so the evolution of humanity, sevenfold in its constitution, is carried on upon a septenary Earth.

The History of Humanity – Root Races Development

Esoteric Healing Through the Lemurian, Atlantean and Aryan States of Consciousness

Esoteric healing in its approaches recognizes the need to differentiate between the states of consciousness of the one to be healed. Unlike modern medicine that is focused almost exclusively upon the healing of the dense physical body, the esoteric approach addresses primarily the causes of the disease.  This paper explores primarily the third Law of Healing and how it relates to the states of consciousness that have been called the Lemurian, Atlantean and Aryan.

Esoteric Healing through the Lemurian, Atlantean and Aryan States of Consciousness

Gods in the Making

The Lords of the Flame sacrificed themselves to bring the flame of ‘mind’ to animal men some twenty one million years ago. This event stands as the most important event in the whole history of the evolution of humanity, and was a deliberate intention on behalf of the spiritual hierarchy to ‘hasten the development’ of the human race. This paper focuses on the third root race, the Lemurian, and on the process of Individualisation.

Gods in the Making

Evolutionary Periods

Evolution is full of repeating periods or cycles. A period may be as small and short as an individual breath or heart beat, or as vast as the life of an entire Solar System or even the manifest Universe itself.  This paper explores evolutionary periods that take place in groups or cycles of seven, such as 7 root races, 7 rounds, 7 seven chains, 7 schemes, etc., and includes a most comprehensive chart of Evolutionary Periods.

Evolutionary Periods

Evolution of Consciousness Through the Root Races

This essay outlines the changes in consciousness and associated manifestation through the unfoldment of the root races over time as Spirit expresses progressively more purely through matter, and describes the spiral-cyclic progression through full expression of the rays in this round of root races. Also noted is that Humanity is now on evolutionary upward arc, the Path of Return.

Evolution of Consciousness Through the Root Races_

Occult History of Early Human Races and the Lands they Inhabited

Where do we come from? Where we are going? This paper provides answers to these great questions by exploring myths and legends, ancient writings by philosophers such as Plato, and the extensive teachings on our occult history to be found in Helena Blavatsky’s Secret Doctrine. Further, examples of scientific historical research are provided. We are invited to conduct our own research and to decide for ourselves whether to believe this or not.

The Occult History of Early Human Races and the Lands They Inhabited

Planes: The Many Mansions in my Father’s House

• Of all the subjects we study in the Ancient Wisdom, probably the most fundamental are the planes. Life in our Solar System evolves within seven planetary planes. Each of these planes is divided into seven subplanes, for 49 subplanes total. All seven planetary planes together actually form the lowest Cosmic Plane, the Cosmic Physical (also called Cosmic Prakritic). There are seven Cosmic Planes, with names corresponding to the planetary planes, and which are also each divided into seven subplanes. That means planetary planes are also subplanes of the Cosmic Physical.ry of Early Human Races and the Lands they Inhabited.

        Planes: The Many Mansions in my Fathers House

 Back to Table of Contents

Science & Kingdoms of Nature and Astronomy

Science and the Influence of the Rays

This outstanding paper shows how the seven rays have affected the development of science and how they are affecting the field of science today. This paper offers an in-depth exploration of how these seven great qualifying streams have played a significant role in the awakening and development of our mind, and how their cycles have effected scientific discoveries over the last 500 years.

Science and the Influence of the Rays

What a Wonderful World

Cosmology is a study of the Universe in its totality and humanity’s place in it.  It involves science, religion, philosophy and esotericism. It searches answers for the questions about the origin of the Universe and its first cause, its material components and last but not least – the ultimate reason for the existence of the universe. This paper links the cosmology of the Ageless Wisdom and current scientific thought about our universe. Occult laws such as the law of Attraction and Repulsion, the law of Periodicity and the law of Karma are described, and their cosmic effects are explored.

What a Wonderful World

 Back to Table of Contents

Spiritual Path  (Probation, Discipleship, Initiation, Group Initiation)

Initiations I and II

The first two initiations are considered, and the reasons why they are called Initiations of the Threshold are well explained.  As well, characteristics of individuals who achieve them are described.

Initiations I and II — Initiations of the Threshold

The Veil of Aspiration

Aspiration is a part of our spiritual evolution.  It is this urge to understand the sacred, the invisible, the occult.

The Veil of Aspiration

The Group Antahkarana

This paper explores the antahkarana in group context and will be useful to aspiring disciples who seek to develop their group, or to develop themselves within a group.

The Group Antahkarana

The Seeker’s Way on the Probationary Path

The main stages of the probationary path are described, with emphasis on the destruction of hindrances, purification, transformation and transmutation.

The Seekers Way on the Probationary Path

Psychology (The Language of Energy: Seven Rays Astrology)

Science and the Influence of the Rays

This outstanding paper shows how the seven rays have affected the development of science and how they are affecting the field of science today. This paper offers an in-depth exploration of how these seven great qualifying streams have played a significant role in the awakening and development of our mind, and how their cycles have effected scientific discoveries over the last 500 years.

Science and the Influence of the Rays

The Added Value of Esoteric Psychology

This paper explores the differences between esoteric psychology and traditional psychologies.  Esoteric Psychology is presented as a holistic understanding of the human psyche, where the emphasis is placed upon the Soul and upon the subjective energies and forces behind the objective world of forms.

The Added Value of Esoteric Psychology

Soul-Conscious Astrology and the Seven Rays

This paper integrates astrology and the seven rays. The study of esoteric astrology and the seven rays is indeed an excellent way to obey the old maxim from Socrates, “Man Know Thyself”.

Soul-Conscious Astrology and the 7 Rays 

The Chakras, the Etheric Body and the Evolution of Consciousness

Everything in the manifested universe possesses an energy form, subtle and intangible yet substantial, which controls, governs and conditions the outer physical body. This is commonly known as the Etheric Body, or Etheric Double. The chakras, or energy centres in the human being, deal fundamentally with the FIRE aspect in man. They are connected with the will to live, and with the inherent powers of Spirit. This paper deals with the etheric web, the three etheric spinal channels, the nadis, and kundalini fire. The etheric centres are described in detail, with information given as to their relationship with rays, the spiritual path and initiations, and the endocrine glands.

The Chakras the Etheric Body and the Evolution of Consciousness

Triangles and Other Triplicities in Esoteric Psychology

There are great astrological forces that reach us from constellations, from the zodiac, and from the sacred and non-sacred planets. This paper provides an overview of these forces at cosmic, planetary and individual levels, and highlights their primary relationship as triangular formations (triplicities). Based on Master DK’s teachings on the science of triangles, this paper identifies many correspondences between esoteric astrology and other ageless wisdom subjects, such as: the seven rays, the spiritual path and initiation, shamballa/hierarchy/humanity, monad/soul/personality, chakras, etc.

Triangles and Other Triplicities in Esoteric Psychology

The Birth of Christ

Initiation is an inner, private event which occurs when the candidate is ready because he has achieved certain levels of spiritual advancement. It is accompanied by an expansion of consciousness, a deeper understanding of one’s Soul purpose, and grasp of a connection to the Greater Whole. Humanity has 5 initiations to pass, and the first initiation is often referred to as “the birth of the Christ” within the heart. The birth of Christ is not just an historical event that happened some 2000 years ago, but is an inner mystical event that takes place within the individual. It marks the birth of the Soul as it comes into manifestation within us. This paper includes a discussion of the astrological influences surrounding the first initiation, namely the sign Virgo and its rulers, three constellations associated with Virgo, plus the chakras and rays involved.

Birth of Christ

Tracing the Qualities of the Zodiacal Signs Through the Twelve Labours of Hercules

This paper traces the journey of Hercules through the twelve signs of the Zodiac. Every astrological sign expresses definite forces and particular qualities. The Labours of Hercules describe our spiritual development as we come under the influence of each of the twelve signs of the zodiac. Each sign contains a labour, which is a task that the disciple must fulfill in order to progress upon the spiritual path. Each of the twelve labours is well described in this paper, and we are offered important insights as to the challenges that we face in our own “Labours of Hercules”.

Tracing the qualities of the zodiacal signs through the Twelve Labours of Hercules

The Seven Creative Builders

This paper presents the Seven Rays as the Seven Creative Builders. These seven streams or rays of energy are driven into activity in order to manifest Divine purpose. Each ray embodies a divine quality, which they build into the forms that they bring into existence. The nature and characteristics of each ray is described, which gives us an understanding of their function as creative builders.

The Seven Creative Builders

Soul Directed Integration of the Personality via the ACLRI Process: Alignment, Crisis, Light, Revelation and Integration

This paper deals with the integration of Soul and Personality through the ACLRI process. It covers such topics as: the characteristics of the personality; Soul-imposed techniques of Integration; methods for bridging gaps in consciousness; how crisis evokes integrating power from the Soul; revelation of divine purpose, and; an in-depth description of the techniques of integration according to the seven rays.

Soul-Directed Integration of the Personality via the ACLRI Process

The Evolution of the Five Senses within Expanding Consciousness

The Ageless Wisdom describes the five senses as an externalization of the millions of nadis, which are the threads of energy within our etheric body. This paper provides an in-depth analysis of the nature and function of each sense, from its gross expression to one that is most refined. Each of the five senses (hearing, touch, sight, taste, smell) is related to an element (earth, water, fire, air and Akasha) correspondingly, and to a particular plane (physical, astral, mental, buddhic and atmic). Further, we are given five distinctions for each sense, according to the vibrational level upon which it is operating.

The Evolution of the Five Senses Within the Expanding Consciousness

Abiding by the Law of Repulse 

The Ageless Wisdom reveals the existence of 18 universal laws, one of which is the Law of Repulse. This law allows us to repulse the forces that keep us identified with the lower material world, and thus releases us to a realization of the divine formless realm. This powerful law is related to Atma and the spiritual will, and its influence reaches us through the sacrifice petals of the Egoic Lotus. We engage the law of Repulse through spiritual development methods that shift our focus from the personality towards the soul, i.e. decentralization, discrimination, dispassion and discipline.

Abiding by the Law of Repulse — A Natural Flow

An Overview of the Return of the Monad to its Home Through the Process of Alignment

Alignment is defined as the bringing together of multiple forces of the personality by the dominant soul. Through this process of alignment, we turn our back to the world of the personality and start on the process of identification with the world of Soul. This is the first step towards our return to the monad, which is our true being, our one source. From the perspective of the rays, in the beginning the ray of the personality controls the life, then the soul ray begins to dominate the personality ray and eventually, the monadic ray takes control. On this final stage the monadic ray absorbs into itself the rays of the personality and of the soul and so duality is finally and definitely overcome and “only the One Who Is remains.”

An Overview the Return of the Monad to its home through the Process of Alignment 

Group Initiation and the Manifestation of Disease

Could the appearance of new, undefinable neurological diseases be a result of the imbalance in mankind’s chakra system, caused by a lunge forward of mankind towards a Group Initiation? This paper explains the chakras and their role in the expansion of consciousness, not only for individuals, but for mankind as a group. It offers a correlation between the arrival of the Age of Aquarius, the shift in world consciousness, the growing trend towards humanitarianisn, and diseases of the nervous system.

Group Initiation and the Manifestation of Disease 

Esoteric Psychology as the Highest Science

Classic astrology is occupied with the reading and understanding of the chart of a man. It tells him how he is and how his surroundings are. Esoteric astrology includes the classic astrology and it also tells the man how to reach and express his soul with the focus on the consciousness but it is so much more than this. Esoteric astrology links the man with cosmos and relates him with these great being who express them self through planets, suns, the zodiacal constellations and even greater constellations.

Esoteric Psychology as the Highest Science

An Application of Esoteric Psychology

This paper illustrates how esoteric psychology can help an individual to better understand herself and be instructed with proper techniques that could support her spiritual journey on the Path. This study was done with one volunteer subject. Two fields of study of esoteric psychology were investigated, namely the science of esoteric astrology and the science of the rays.

An Application of Esoteric Psychology

 Back to Table of Contents

Service, Seed Groups, Solutions for Humanity

Tasks of the New Group of World Servers

Humanity is entering the energy of group endeavor in the Aquarian Age.  The great experiment of seed groups, known as the New Group of World Servers, was begun by the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet in an attempt to raise the consciousness of humanity.

27 Tasks of the 9 Bridging Groups of the New Group of World Servers

Tasks of the Nine Seed Groups

In 1931 the Spiritual Hierarchy embarked on a great experiment in training new groups, to provide channels in the world for the distribution of certain types of force. Each group has its particular task, and under the Law of Group Progress, they produce cohesive units that cooperate to manifest the Plan on Earth.

The Tasks of the Nine Seed Groups

Tasks of the Nine Seed Groups

In the new age, real group work will operate under the laws of the soul, and they are to be testing grounds for the spiritual integrity of the aspirants and disciples who pledge themselves to the upliftment of planetary consciousness. This purpose is achieved through the three tasks assigned to each seed group.

Tasks of the Nine Seed Groups

Esoteric Environmentalism

Planetary ecology is an issue that has increasingly made its presence felt over the past century, and particularly, there has been much debate on humanity’s relationship with our planet. Esotericism allows us to more deeply consider environmentalism and related specific issues such as overpopulation, global warming, and species extinction. Greed and separateness are identified as the primary causes of environmental problems, and charity and Oneness as primary solutions. Esoteric environmentalism is expressed as environmental service, which includes activities that are related to the Seed Groups of Service.

Esoteric Environmentalism

Problems in Education

Cases of violence and of suicide attempts among the pupils are signs of deep crisis in the world educational system. Our school is a part of our society and enmeshed in glamour of materiality which occurs as an over-emphasizing of the material part of life. In man it emerges as selfishness and as competitiveness. What our children really need from teachers (and parents too) is the help on grasping of these facts, on understanding what lies behind the outer facts, on how to synthesize separated facts, and see the whole behind the details.

Problems in Education

Energy Generation and Cold Fusion

Energy production is a very critical point for the development of humanity and the whole planet. Alternate energy sources are explored, such as cold fusion devices that can produce cheap and abundant energy with no radiation outside the reactor. Such energy sources, should they become available, have the potential to enable humanity to live in peace, love and harmony, and guarantee security, abundance and progress to anyone. We can avail ourselves of this opportunity if we work as equals and meet our shared responsibilities, and most importantly, if we align the needs of humanity with the needs of the planet.

Energy Generation and Cold Fusion 

Money Through the Kingdoms

The Ageless Wisdom teaches us that money is simply energy, that money is crystallized prana that is directed and appropriated. This paper studies money from various perspectives, including the substance of money as it progresses from being constituted of substance from the mineral and vegetable kingdoms, and partakes of the occult characteristics of each kingdom.   As we progress on the Path, our desire nature is transmuted into aspiration, and we come under the control of the soul, which causes money to be used for the welfare of humanity and the lower kingdoms, in service of the divine Plan.

Money through the Kingdoms – Mis-Appropriated Energy, not Cause  

The Future We Want – A Theosophical Retrospection

This paper is focused on the following quote from Problems of Humanity by Alice A. Bailey: “The key to humanity’s trouble (focusing as it has on the economic difficulties of the past two hundred years and in the theological impasse of the orthodox churches) has been to take and not give, to accept and not share, to grasp and not to distribute.” Using the Earth Summit held in Rio de Janeiro as background, themes such as sustainability, new world government and education are explored, and are related to the teachings of Master DK.

The Future We Want – A Theosophical Retrospective

From Separation to Unity by Group Initiation

The initiation process was instituted by the Hierarchy to hasten Man’s spiritual evolution into becoming an effective worker within the Divine Plan. Each initiation marks a milestone in transforming one’s consciousness. The rules for initiation, for individuals and for groups, given to us by the Master Djwhal Khul, lay out the methods used over the ages by those who have achieved this goal. This paper describes synthesis, fusion and unity, and the 7 rules that allow us to travel the path from individual consciousness to group consciousness.

From Separation to Unity by Group Initiation

The Trick of Finding Glamour

Many insightful observations and realizations are presented in this paper, with a special focus on the Astral plane Glamour portion of the world problem, due to the fact that it has the greatest influence on the mass of humanity at this time.

The Trick of Finding Glamour

Ancient Education

This paper offers an exploration of education within the broad context of planetary and human evolution. Occult and scientific theories are presented through the many evolutionary eras, thus providing a comprehensive view of the evolution of education through the ages.

Ancient Education

A New World Religion – The Science of Invocation and Evocation

The author explores how the science of invocation and evocation will bring about a new world religion. This science will facilitate the reappearance of the Christ, Who will inaugurate the New World Religion.

A New World Religion the Science of invocation and Evocation

The Principle of Sharing

The purpose of this paper is to explore the principle of sharing versus entitlement and how our understanding of these principles is impacting Western consciousness and Spiritual Development.

The Principle of Sharing

 Back to Table of Contents

Glamour, Illusion

Illusion, Revelatory Light and the Intuition

The relationship between illusion and various grades of Light is fully explored. We struggle through illusion until we overcome the “dark” light of the personality and receive the revealing light of the Soul.

Illusion, Revelatory Light and the Intuition

 Back to Table of Contents

Manas (the Mind, or Fifth Principle)

 Back to Table of Contents

Deva Kingdom (Angelic realm)

Fallen Angels

What are the fallen angels? Of all the different types of devas and angels, the concept of fallen angels conceals some of the deepest mysteries and has the potential to be the most misunderstood. Walter describes six types of fallen angels in this most interesting paper.

Fallen Angels

Devic Evolution

This is a very detailed and well researched paper on the evolution within the deva kingdom.  Lam offers fine distinctions and contrasts the teachings of Master DK on this subject with writings by Helena Blavatsky and well-known Theosophical authors.

On the Devic Evolution and its Relation to Us

A Complementary Study of “The Work of the Angels in Man’s Astral Body”

This paper is about the deva kingdom — the kingdom of Angels – and its relationship with our astral body. It explores the strong conviction of Rudolph Steiner that we much reach the point of actually perceiving in very concrete ways what the Angels are doing to prepare the future of humanity. Such investigations enable us to consider the divinely-willed evolutionary process, the interventions of the Deva kingdom in our spiritual development, and the opportunities we have for working with the many guides, both human and deva, who accompany us on our journey to greater consciousness.

A Complementary Study of the Work of the Angels in Man’s Astral Body

 Back to Table of Contents

Solar Angel, Soul, Egoic Lotus

The Solar Angel and the Egoic Lotus

What is the difference between the Solar Angel and the Egoic Lotus?  What is their origin, purpose and function? In this wonderfully detailed paper Lam is offering us very lucid and comprehensive answers.

The Solar Angel and the Egoic Lotus 

The Soul, A Temporary Intermediary

One of Soul’s main functions is to act as the intermediary between the Personality  and the Spiritual Triad.  This paper offers a comprehensive view of Soul’s origin, purpose, structure, laws, etc.

The Soul — A Temporary Intermediary  

Lifecycle of the Soul

The soul is perhaps the most important concept on the Path for the seeker to understand and work with. Many esoteric meditations have us align with the soul, and the work of Discipleship involves soul integration and fusion. The soul is effectively immortal, in that it spans all human lifetimes. However the soul also changes over time, in that it has a beginning, grows over time, and eventually reaches a transcendent state. Considering this lifecycle of the soul can help us understand what the soul is and how to most effectively develop it.

Lifecycle of the Soul  

The Significance of the Solar Angel in the Human Evolution

The solar Angel is a great Being who has descended into the world of man, and who assists us throughout our long process of evolution. This paper describes the origin, nature and function of the Solar Angel at three main turning points in our evolution: our transmutation from animal-man, our transformation into a divine human being, and our eventual union with our “father in heaven”, the Monad.

The Significance of the Solar Angel for the Human Evolution

 Back to Table of Contents

White Magic

How White Magic Works

White Magic consists of grasping a divine idea and forming a vision of it in our mind. Once the process of constructing a clear and potent thought form is complete, magnetic astral force is then added to it, until it is finally precipitated into physical manifestation. The mind is the creative tool used in white magic, so it must be free of illusion so the impressions from the Ego/Soul are received without distortion. Similarly, our physical and astral bodies must be calm and balanced so they do not distract from the work being done. The white magician’s bodies are integrated as a personality and function as a balanced unit, each body ready to provide whatever is needed in the work, while leaving the Soul in full control. Therefore it is the Soul who is the true White Magician, whose work it is to create, through us, what is needed in order to bring the Divine into physical existence.

How White Magic Works  

The City Foursquare

The White Magic process is a journey of manifestation from spiritual to material planes. This paper is focused on the last four rules of White Magic, the rules that govern manifestation upon the etheric and physical planes. Humanity is sometimes called the “city foursquare”, the square representing the “city of man”. A related symbol of humanity is the cube, a three dimensional solid whose surface is multiple squares.These four rules are especially connected with the human kingdom, and understanding them promotes understanding of humanity as a whole. The Four Rules for the etheric-physical plane are probably the hardest of the Rules, as most people cannot sustain and project a thoughtform that can have enough strength to manifest physically. Fulfilling the requirements of these Rules pertaining to the physical plane allows the white magician to manifest Soul intent through humanity, the city foursquare.

The City Foursquare

The Science of Breathing and White Magic

This paper presents the science of breathing according to the Ageless Wisdom, and its significance in the practice of white magic. The author is an experienced breath therapist and introduces us to a technique of connected breathing called Breathflow. The main perspective of this paper is that it is the Soul who is the true White Magician and the one who actually breathes, and manifests its divine purpose into the world.

The Science of Breathing and White Magic

Black and White Magic

The very concept of White Magic suggests the existence of the opposite concept of “black magic”. The process of following the spiritual Path and practicing White Magic is called the “right hand path”, in contrast to practicing black magic that is called the “left hand path”. The right hand path is in alignment with Divine will, while the left hand path is not. This paper offers a great number of contrasting characteristics, that can be summarized as follows: White Magic is associated with the soul or Spirit, while black magic is associated with matter; White Magic is positive, altruistic, soul infused, group oriented and unified, while black magic is negative, selfish, matter-enmeshed, individual, controlling, , and dualistic.

Black and White Magic  

Living the Laws of White Magic

While progressing along the spiritual Path we begin to respond to that relentless Will that urges us to explore and to take charge of ourselves so that power can be directed from our inner spiritual Self, rather than from outer conditions and circumstances of our life. It is Humanity’s path to bring together all three aspects of our spiritual Self – personality, soul, and spirit. The Rules of White Magic enable this spiritual journey, allowing us to become co-creators with Soul. This requires that we achieve mastery over our personality. Through a connection with Soul developed through meditation, the White Magician serves by wielding the Light, Love, Wisdom and Power of Soul into the world.

Living the Laws of White Magic  

The Thought-Form Building Process: A Key Aspect in Esoteric Training

This paper offers a brief analysis of the thought-form building process, and highlights the importance of achieving control of the lower mental vehicle. In the very beginning of the Rule X of the book “A Treatise on White Magic”, the Tibetan Master Djwhal Khul teaches us about the importance of keeping the mind peaceful, and of developing mental pliability and sensitivity.

The Thought Form Building Process, A Key Aspect in Esoteric Training  

Some Ideas Gleaned from the Rules of White Magic for the Astral Plane

The five rules for White Magic for the astral plane deal with energizing thought forms previously built on mental levels. Becoming White Magicians requires that we master our own astral vehicle, which means acquiring the ability to think without emotion or personal desire, The astral plane is on the path upon which flows Love, and it is Love that is the magnetic force that draws the appropriate matter into the thoughtform being built. Control, purification and transformation of the astral body is essential, so that it may provide clear passage of the thought form towards its eventual physical manifestation.

Some Ideas Gleaned from the Rules of White Magic for the Astral Plane

 Back to Table of Contents

Buddhic Plane, Union and Sex

Buddhi — The Great Unifier

A fascinating exploration of the buddhic plane, the plane of the intuition, pure reason and universal love.

Buddhi — The Great Unifier

 Back to Table of Contents

Esoteric Healing

Esoteric Healing and the Rays

All levels in our planetary and solar system are conditioned by the seven Rays, and Esoteric Healing is an important example of this conditioning. Take a look at the different ways that both are involved, and how understanding these ways can improve our understanding of the subject.

Esoteric Healing and the Rays  

Laws in Esoteric Healing as a Source of Wisdom

According to the teachings of Tibetan Master Djwhal Khul, the are ten laws and six rules that govern esoteric healing, and which have conditioned all occult healers working under impression from the Spiritual Hierarchy. These laws are the unalterable conditions imposed upon the healer, and the rules constitute the conditions that a healer is advised to follow if he seeks success. The healer himself imposes the rules upon himself through discipline and understanding.

Laws in Esoteric Healing as a Source of Wisdom

Preliminary Considerations about the Soul and its Role in Healing

This paper is an investigation of some preliminary processes involved in reaching our healing abilities through the power of the soul. Based on the teachings about healing as given by the Tibetan Master Djwhal Khul, it highlights the relationship between soul and disease, and how the soul is able to heal.

Preliminary Considerations About the Soul and its Role in Healing

 Back to Table of Contents

Spiritual Hierarchy and Shamballa

Being Spiritual Will

Most of humanity has developed intellect, and many on the spiritual path have developed love to a certain degree, but few have developed will, making it a new or final “frontier” of spiritual evolution. We seek to understand, recognize and identify with the presence of spiritual will in our daily lives, so that we may live our individual and group lives in accordance with Divine Will. Several terms related to the will are described in this paper, such as Atma, purpose, Shamballa, live, being, and identification. As well, the relationship between will and love, the egoic petals, the kingdoms, the rays and the various planes, are explored.

Being Spiritual Will  

Sanat Kumara, the Will and the Sacrifice

When we use the word sacrifice in spiritual matters we think of giving oneself up to a higher power. As we progress spiritually, we realize that our individual will comes under the dominion of a greater will. Further along the path of initiation, the initiate learns that his true will is not his personal will which is diminishing, but is “monadic essence,” qualified by “fixed determination” to follow the Will or Purpose of the planetary Logos. Sanat Kumara is our highest example of sacrifice. He has taken on the responsibility to serve asEarth’s soul and become “the Great Sacrifice.” It is also man’s destiny to become a savior of humanity, brought forth to this stage by great evolved beings within the Spiritual Hierarchy, who in turn, are under the supremacy of Sanat Kumara, the Eternal Youth, the Creator, the Lord of the World.

Sanat Kumara, the Will and the Sacrifice

 Back to Table of Contents

Macrocosm

Our Place in a Much Larger Whole

This paper presents some concepts from the Ageless Wisdom that may provoke us to redefine our position as being the centre of our universe towards a more humble place in the total scheme of things. We, as an entity, are just a spec of consciousness within the almost unperceivable larger wholes of which we are a part.

Our Place in a Much Larger Whole

Occult Law

The Cosmic Laws as Guides to Expansion of Consciousness

The three great cosmic laws of of Synthesis, Attraction, and Economy are fully explored.  An understand of these laws gives much understanding of the development of human consciousness.

The Cosmic Laws as Guides to Expansion of Consciousness

 Back to Table of Contents

Synthetic Projects

Unity Through Purification

A Synthesis of Western and Eastern Esoteric Wisdom Philosophies, Qabala and the Tree of Life

This is an extraordinary paper.  If you’re ready for an in-depth and extremely thorough exploration of the fundamental principles of the Ageless Wisdom, Qabala and the Tarot, this is the paper you’ve been waiting for.

A Synthesis of Western and Eastern Esoteric Wisdom Philosophies, Qabala and the Tree of Life

The Plane of Atma

This is an in-depth study of the plane of Atma as it is related to the emanation of Active Intelligence and Divine Will from relatively macrocosmic to microcosmic levels. All progress on the Path of Return is seen as being ultimately impulsed by the energies of divine Will from the plane of Atma, which makes it a most important subject of study and application for disciples who seek to bring the third aspect into closer reflection of the first aspect, thus contributing to the manifestation of Divine Will and Purpose.

The Plane of Atma

Walking on Water

The object of this paper is to provide a pathway of learning the process required to Walk on Water, using the well-known biblical image to present a formula for achieving mastery over the astral plane (the plane of water) and achieving the 2nd Initiation (the baptism).

Walking on Water

 Back to Table of Contents

______________________________

Biographies of Famous People

Offered by students of the Morya Federation

Proposed esoteric profiles of famous people submitted by Great Quest students, with emphasis on the rays and astrological influences that may have shaped their lives.

Helena Blavatsky

Don Bosco

Joseph Campbell

Lucille Cedercrans

Walt Disney

Manuel de Falla

Ho Chi Minh

Thomas Merton

Michelle Obama

Pope Francis

Mark Rylance

Dr Albert Schweitzer

Piotr illitch Tchaikovsky

Monk Thich Nhat Hanh

Oprah Winfrey

Neil Young

Back to Table of Contents

Dissipation of Glamour Webinars

“Helping to Dissipate the World Glamour of Hate and Separativeness”

Dear Friends,

You are invited to join the Initiative to Dissipate Individual and World Glamour, an on-line initiative of the Morya Federation of Esoteric Schools with participants from all over the world.  Weekly on-line webinars are held on Fridays using the Master Djwhal Khul’s esoteric formulas for dissipating glamour.  Working to dissipate one’s Individual Glamours is a preparation and requirement for group service work in helping to dissipate World Glamour. The World Glamour Initiative is currently focused on Dissipating the Glamour of Hate and Separativeness.

To participate, Click the JOIN US button. Each week you will automatically be sent your Glamour Initiative webinar link.  You also will have access to all the recordings of past Glamour webinars and teachings. We warmly invite you and your groups to join us in this group service work to benefit all humanity and the world. Your help is greatly needed at this time.

Light, Love and Power,
Michael and Tuija Robbins and Olivia Hansen

 

 

 

The Nature of Glamour and Methods of Dissipation

For more information about the nature of Glamour and the methods for its dissipation, see Master DK’s teachings in the Alice Bailey book, Glamour, A World Problem, available from Lucis Trust, www.LucisTrust.org.  The book can be purchased and is also available on the Bailey CDRom of AAB books, or if can be read free on-line: https://www.lucistrust.org/online_books/welcome_obooks_website

This is not easy work. The individual must work on his or her own Individual Glamours before he or she can be trusted and trained to work harmlessly in a wider field with group and World Glamours.  Individual Glamour work is a preparation and requirement for group service work in helping to dissipate World Glamour. It must be remembered that some in Master DK’s Group of Nine which was eventually to work widely in the field of world glamour became subject to glamours in their own lives as a result of their intensive participation in this Seed Group. So watchfulness is ever necessary and real self-understanding. Then one can become, eventually, a true member of the Trained Observers – the Name of the Second Seed Group.

In our earlier webinars, we have discussed glamour in general and have used Master DK’s Formula for the Dissipation of Individual Glamour.  We need to begin with ourselves as Individuals. If you will go to the book Glamour: A World Problem, pages 120-123, you will see a list of common Individual Glamours, according to Ray.

Note: They are listed for you below so you can think about the Glamour you would like to work on, Individually.

Excerpts from Master DK’s teachings on Glamour related to the Seven Rays types:

The Morya Federation is pleased to be cooperating with a number of organizations whose purpose it is to advance the understanding and practice of the Ageless Wisdom. In this section of our website you will learn something about these groups and how you may cooperate with their objectives.

Please see the drop-down menu on the top line menu to view information about our Brother and Sister Esoteric Organizations.

Light, Love and Power,
Michael Robbins, Ph.D., Ph.D.E.,
Director: Morya Federation
President: University of the Seven Rays and Seven Ray Institute

“A Deeply Spiritual Presentation of Essential Facts”

Master DK only presented “the “truths” which were true” and not those “truths” which were not true but imaginative. Today’s modern students have the actual blueprints of truth coming directly from hierarchy and it is with these that we will ponder. We therefore ponder the works of AAB as a “presentation of essential facts” as recognised within the ‘unanimity’ of the hierarchical thought for presentation of the plan for humanity. This plan is as ‘near the achieved reality as possible’. Humanity has ‘free decision in response’ to that plan. DK gave the ‘blueprints’. 

“True unanimity is free decision in response to a presentation of truth which is as near the achieved reality as possible. Therefore, it is in the enunciation of truth that security for all men lies. JC: It is truth and the revelation of truth presented to all men and all women that renders genuine security. Free decision to presented truth brings an occult unanimity by those that accept that truth. Hierarchy presents nothing that is not truth and expects no one to accept untruth. All that disregard truth are not part of an occult unanimity and all that present untruth are not part of hierarchy as DK understands it. The relation of occult security and truth is of considerable note. This necessarily involves a deeply spiritual presentation of essential facts.” JC: DK recognises the “deeply spiritual presentation of essential facts” as being of supreme importance for the sake of the truth and of the security of people.

“The protagonists of an ideology can express their beliefs and objectives more fervently and hopefully than is possible to me. I shall write for you as one who sees the pattern emerging more clearly than you, because I can see it both from the inside and the outside, and also from the blueprints in the custody of the Hierarchy. ENA 110.

I published books which gave the new esoteric teaching, founded on the past, of service today, and indicative of the future. In those books I isolated for the new generation of esoteric students the “truths” which were true, extracting them from the mass of imaginative thinking and consequent formulation of thought-forms which esotericists (since the time of H.P.B.) have so consistently created and presented to the enquiring public as truths. I indicated the new truths which were of significance for the future and for which the truths of the past were a needed foundation, and gave enough in outline and in “seed” concepts to show the lines along which the new world religion, the new political regimes and the new social order could be set up. I gave you the blueprints.” EXT 547.

Master DK dictated to both HPB and AAB

JC: DK dictated to both AAB and HPB, the latter being his first amanuensis. Notice that HPB indicates that Isis and later the Secret Doctrine was the first turn of the Key. AAB enabled the second turn as prophesised. “In Century the Twentieth some disciple more informed, and far better fitted, may be sent by the Masters of Wisdom to give final and irrefutable proofs that there exists a Science called Gupta-Vidya;” HPB.

It seems that HPB predicted the twentieth century for the appearence of the collaberation between Alice Bailey and the Tibetan DK. He then prophesised “Revelatory, emerging after 1975…to be given on a worldwide scale via the radio.” This emergence it spoken of by AAB/DK and I cannot pull it together right now. But indications were spoken of as beginning 1966 and from 75 to 2000 was the twenty five year emergence period enabling another twenty five year period to 2025 which as mentioned is the zenith of one such hierarchical effort, beginning 1875. So this seems to be why the thrust of Initiation and teaching of disciples and the three phase emergence of the teachings coincide. Notice 1875 began with Isis and also DK informs of 1975 for the emergence of phase three. So dates concide with good cyclic reason as we know.

I am cautioned by the latter parts of the extract. “The remainder of this century, as I told you elsewhere (Destiny of the Nations, Page 106), must be dedicated to rebuilding the shrine of man’s living”. So a question remains. Are the times to turbulent for many reasons and would this delay somewhat an Initiate and their “revelatory” Treatise as phase three. Preparatory, intermediate and revelatory are very clear as to the type of dissertation and we have two phases already to compare so to speak. Revelatory means just that by comparison, first phase was the material knowledge of man or physiological dissertation of HPB, the intermediate TCF etc, bridging between one and three and the latter revelatory “science of the Initiates”. I think there are some disciples working that assist the emergence but who an individual disciple may be that will work under the ‘impression’ of DK to produce the revelatory science of the Initiates is, I have no idea as yet.

I do know there has been much turbulence in this field to say the very least. Much though, is happening on the world front with the arab spring and spread of democracy of types, and with the stand against outbalanced capitalism. So this fits with the latter parts of the prophecy, in my view. One thing though, as you note 2000 – 2025 I would have thought that the revelatory would come before 2025 to be in line with the zenith 2025 hierarchical thrust from 1875. This is a KEY time for humanity and Initiation in mass group form undertaken by Sanat Kumara. I would ideally have wished it to be between 2012 and 2020 for the benefit of Initiates whom TCF was written for.

TCF was to conclude its hight of usefulness by 2025. So again we must factor at this date the third phase could theoretically begin with hopefully a much sounder planet by then? “Then and only then will it be possible”…………….. Notice in EXT below DK used the terms stage of the forerunner and preperatory, testing and ‘intended to be revelatory in results. So we could argue that the prep time from HPB lead to the testing time of disciples and Initiates or stepping up again the aptitude to Initiation and with the intended revelatory period of the third phase we have spoken of. I hope I have conveyed this well enough.

“A Treatise on Cosmic Fire endeavored to give the psychological key to The Secret Doctrine and to interpret the underlying consciousness which the Beings (considered in The Secret Doctrine) express, so in A Treatise on the Seven Rays, I am carrying on the same idea and, at the same time, seeking to give the needed key to modern exoteric psychology and also some indications as to the astrological key to The Secret Doctrine to which H.P.B. refers. The Entities dealt with in her masterpiece of esoteric truth are here revealed as cosmic, solar and planetary influences evoking – in response to Their outpoured energy or vibratory activity – an awakening of consciousness in the form so that it becomes aligned to or closely related to Their Own. All revelations appear to emerge into the consciousness of the race in their lowest or most material form because the “ascent of knowledge towards wisdom” is always the key to progress, and, therefore, exoteric psychology and exoteric mundane astrology had to precede the revelation of their significance; the nature of the form had to be made apparent and man accustomed to it before the meaning behind the form could be revealed.” EA 291.

“In many ways today H.P.B.’s book The Secret Doctrine is out of date and its approach to the Ageless Wisdom has little or no appeal to the modern generation. But those of us who really studied it and arrived at some understanding of its inner significance have a basic appreciation of the truth that no other book seems to supply. H.P.B. said that the next interpretation of the Ageless Wisdom would be a psychological approach, and A Treatise on Cosmic Fire, which I published in 1925, is the psychological key to The Secret Doctrine. None of my books would have been possible had I not at one time made a very close study of The Secret Doctrine.” UA 215.

“Another revolutionary thing that the Tibetan did was when He dictated the contents of A Treatise on Cosmic Fire. In this book He gave what H.P.B. prophesied He would give, the psychological key to cosmic creation. H.P.B. stated that in the 20th century a disciple would come who would give information concerning the three fires with which The Secret Doctrine deals: electric fire, solar fire and fire by friction. This prophecy was fulfiled when A Treatise on Cosmic Fire was given out to the public. This book concerns the fire of pure spirit or life; the fire of the mind that vitalizes every atom of the solar system and creates the medium through which the Sons of God develop. It also concerns the fire of matter producing that attraction and repulsion which is the basic law of evolution, and holding forms together so as to provide vehicles for the evolving life and later, when they have served their purpose, repulsing those forms so that the evolving lives can move on their way to higher evolution. The true significance of this book will only be appreciated towards the close of this century. It is of a profundity and a depth of technical knowledge which lies beyond the understanding of the ordinary reader. It is also a bridging book because it takes certain basic, oriental ideas and phrases and introduces them to the occidental student, whilst at the same time it makes practical the sometimes vague, metaphysical concepts of the East.” UA 237.

“Letters on Occult Meditation followed next. These indicated a somewhat new approach to meditation, based not on devotion to the Masters but on a recognition of the soul in each person. This was succeeded by A Treatise on Cosmic Fire. This book was an expansion of the teaching given in The Secret Doctrine on the three fires – electric fire, solar fire and Are by friction – and it was an awaited sequence. It also presented the psychological key to The Secret Doctrine and is intended to offer study to disciples and initiates at the close of this century and the beginning of the next century, up until 2025 A.D.” UA 246. DINA1 778. DK.

“In A Treatise on Cosmic Fire the Tibetan has given us what H. P. Blavatsky prophesied he would give, namely, the psychological key to the Cosmic Creation. H.P.B. stated that in the 20th century a disciple would come who would give the psychological key to her own monumental work The Secret Doctrine on which treatise the Tibetan worked with her; and Alice A. Bailey worked in complete recognition of her own task in this sequence.” Tunbridge Wells, December 1950. Foster Bailey. TCF viii.      

“I would remind you that there is an astrological key to The Secret Doctrine which cannot yet be given in completeness.  I can give you some hints and suggest some lines of approach, and these, if carried in the consciousness of the illumined astrologers, may enable one of them at a later date to discover that key and then – turning it on behalf of humanity – reveal the fourth great fundamental of the Ageless Wisdom of which three are already given in the Proem of The Secret Doctrine.” EA 7.  

“Speaking of the keys to the Zodiacal mysteries as being almost lost to the world, it was remarked by the writer in “Isis Unveiled” some ten years ago that: “The said key must be turned seven times before the whole system is divulged. We will give it but one turn, and thereby allow the profane one glimpse into the mystery. Happy he, who understands the whole!

The same may be said of the whole Esoteric system. One turn of the key, and no more, was given in “Isis.” Much more is explained in these volumes. In those days the writer hardly knew the language in which the work was written, and the disclosure of many things, freely spoken about now, was forbidden. In Century the Twentieth some disciple more informed, and far better fitted, may be sent by the Masters of Wisdom to give final and irrefutable proofs that there exists a Science called Gupta-Vidya; and that, like the once-mysterious sources of the Nile, the source of all religions and philosophies now known to the world has been for many ages forgotten and lost to men, but is at last found.

Such a work as this has to be introduced with no simple Preface, but with a volume rather; one that would give facts, not mere disquisitions, since the SECRET DOCTRINE is not a treatise, or a series of vague theories, but contains all that can be given out to the world in this century.” SD1 xxxviii INTRODUCTORY. 1888.

The Work of Master DK

Here are some extraordinary references giving us some insight into the work of DK in the time of HP Blavatsky and of AAB.

HPB again makes mention that the revelation of the Secret Doctrine is to large for any one person to undertake. Thus AAB was her prophesied co worker to come in the next century the twentieth. This she did and the Master DK dictated as AAB was his amanuensis just as some “a large part” in fact, of the Secret Doctrine was dictated by DK to HPB.HPB was DK’ first amanuensis. It is mentioned in ‘collected writings’ that DK had taken the fifth Initiation and it is recorded in ‘Initiation Human and Solar’ as follows…”He is the latest of the adepts taking initiation, having taken the fifth initiation in 1875.” Hence as one of the Masters of Wisdom he worked with AAB that disciple far better fitted and informed to bring forth the second major dissemination of the wisdom. The Secret Doctrine is often referred to and referenced by DK in AAB’ books.

HPB referred to Morya as her ‘Boss’ and he was her Master. It is also of note that “he” HPB made reference to the work she was ‘ordered’ to do by DK. The reverence in such an order as HPB herself viewed it would be nobly carried out. It was noted somewhere that only HPB was willing to carry out the first dissemination of the Secret Doctrine, at great cost. She was a ‘direct agent’, as was AAB.

Of particular note, is the corroboration by HPB that it was DK who showed her the diagrams on the ‘evolution of the septenary globes” and of the “Cosmogony of Esoteric Buddhism” and on the ‘rings and rounds’. Note also it is made mentioned of ‘DK’ ideas and art’ by KH in Mahatma Letters. Historical corroboration if ever there was and referenced again in ‘Initiation Human and Solar.’ It was said that on these matters DK was the most learned. What he gave us between 1875 and 1949 is truly ‘stupendous’ to use one of DK’ favourite words. JPC.

—————————————————-

“I have a number of diagrams with reference to the evolution of the septenary globes and Cosmogony of Esoteric Buddhism, made by Djual Khool and Sarma for me to explain to you, and Hume during the first year of the Simla teaching; and several of them I had copied by a Parsee, a good draughtsman of the School of Arts at Bombay, who could not do them well-and then, I copied them from D. Kh.’s with Tibetan signs and names, translating them and doing it the best I could-since I did not want to give the originals out to a stranger and you could not have understood them-and gave them to Olcott to be copied and one of them-the one I sent to Hume I believe-was copied by Coulomb who is a very good draughtsman-too good unfortunately.

I remember how well he copied the few lines in English, a remark by D. K. on the cosmogony-in a way that I was astonished… I wish I could get at my papers at Adyar to find some of D. K.’s originals, then you would see that it is the same, only with Tibetan names.” Letter LIV. HPB Letters.

“The Master Djwhal Khul… He is very devoted to the Master K. H. and occupies a little house not far distant from the larger one of the Master, and from his willingness to serve and to do anything that has to be done, he has been called “the Messenger of the Masters.” He is profoundly learned, and knows more about the rays and planetary Hierarchies of the solar system than anyone else in the ranks of the Masters.

He it was who dictated a large part of that momentous book The Secret Doctrine, and who showed to H. P. Blavatsky many of the pictures, and gave her much of the data that is to be found in that book.” IHS 58.

“How do you like Djual Khool’s idea and art? I have not caught a glimpse of Simla for the last ten days. Affectionately yours, K.H.” Mahatma Letters 1882.

“Well, you are arrogant and conceited as a nation, I must say, if you, one of the best of its sons do not seem to realize the utter uselessness of what you do, and to instinctively so to say, seek to bring to bear even upon the Tibetan Adepts the weight of your universal interference! I hope you will forgive me the rudeness of my remarks-if rudeness there is, which I hope not-for I speak with a view to your own good and fearing lest you should throw new difficulties in the way of your connection with K.H. and my “Boss”.

Your question I cannot give to K. H. for I do not see him at all nowadays-hardly for a second or two sometimes and for that reason see as little of Djual Kul. Letter XI HPB Letters.

I do not know what the Mahatma K. H. may have told you, but I know what Mahatma M. tells and orders me and I know what I was ordered to do through Djual Khool.” Letter XXXVI. HPB Letters.

“The Master D. K. as he is frequently called, is another adept on the second Ray of Love-Wisdom. He is the latest of the adepts taking initiation, having taken the fifth initiation in 1875, and is “therefore occupying the same body in which he took the initiation, most of the other Masters having taken the fifth initiation whilst occupying earlier vehicles. His body is not a young one, and he is a Tibetan. IHS 58.

“We feel extremely sorry to acknowledge that Mr. Oxley was right in his foreboding. Far from pretending to be informed of all the doings and actions of our venerated Brother Koot-Hoomi, and notwithstanding our surprise since the language given is certainly not that of the Koot-Hoomi we all know—we were preparing to allow the above extraordinary statement to be published without comment, when we received the following from our BROTHER’S favorite Chela:—

“I am commanded by my beloved Master, known in India and in the Western lands as Koot-Hoomi Lal Singh, to make in his name the following declaration, in answer to a certain statement made by Mr. W. Oxley, and sent by him for publication. It is claimed by the said gentleman that my Master Koot-Hoomi (a) has thrice visited him `by the astral form’; and (b) that he had a conversation with Mr. Oxley when, as alleged, he gave the latter certain explanations in reference to astral bodies in general, and the incompetency of his own Mayavi-rupa to preserve its consciousness simultaneously with the body `at both ends of the line.’ Therefore, my Master declares:

“1. Whomsoever Mr. Oxley may have seen and conversed with at the time described, it was not with Koot-Hoomi, the writer of the letters published in the Occult World.

“2. Notwithstanding that my Master knows the gentleman in question who once honoured him with an autograph letter, thereby giving him the means of making his (Mr. Oxley’s) acquaintance, and of sincerely admiring his intuitional powers and Western learning—yet he has never approached him whether astrally or otherwise; nor has he ever had any conversation with Mr. Oxley; nor could he under any circumstances, even had there been any such conversation, have expressed himself in the terms now imputed to him.
“To guard against all possible misapprehension of this kind in the future, my Master will undertake to hold no communication henceforward with any medium or seer without authenticating that communication by means of three passwords which shall be made known to Messrs. A. O. Hume, President, and A. P. Sinnett, Vice-President, of the Simla “Eclectic Theosophical Society,” so that they may be enabled to declare explicitly that my Master cannot be the author of any statement attributed to him in which they do not find these words.”
By Order, GJUAL-KHOOL M.***

Collected Writings Vol 4.

“Djual-K. stands for Djual-Khool, the favorite disciple of Master K. H., who since those days has himself reached the state of Mahatmaship.” Blavatsky Collected Writings Vol 6 page 29.

Teachings Planned by the Hierarchy

“Another revolutionary thing that the Tibetan did was when He dictated the contents of A Treatise on Cosmic Fire. In this book He gave what H.P.B. prophesied He would give, the psychological key to cosmic creation. H.P.B. stated that in the 20th century a disciple would come who would give information concerning the three fires with which The Secret Doctrine deals: electric fire, solar fire and fire by friction. This prophecy was fulfiled when A Treatise on Cosmic Fire was given out to the public. This book concerns the fire of pure spirit or life; the fire of the mind that vitalizes every atom of the solar system and creates the medium through which the Sons of God develop. It also concerns the fire of matter producing that attraction and repulsion which is the basic law of evolution, and holding forms together so as to provide vehicles for the evolving life and later, when they have served their purpose, repulsing those forms so that the evolving lives can move on their way to higher evolution. The true significance of this book will only be appreciated towards the close of this century. It is of a profundity and a depth of technical knowledge which lies beyond the understanding of the ordinary reader. It is also a bridging book because it takes certain basic, oriental ideas and phrases and introduces them to the occidental student, whilst at the same time it makes practical the sometimes vague, metaphysical concepts of the East.” UA 237. AAB.

“A Treatise on Cosmic Fire. This book was an expansion of the teaching given in The Secret Doctrine on the three fires – electric fire, solar fire and fire by friction – and it was an awaited sequence. It also presented the psychological key to The Secret Doctrine and is intended to offer study to disciples and initiates at the close of this century and the beginning of the next century, up until 2025 A.D.” DINA1 779.

JPC: AAB’ TCF was an expansion and an awaited sequence on “electric fire, solar fire and fire by friction.” This is verified in the Secret Doctrine of HPB with the following remembering always that “these two volumes had to serve as a PROLOGUE and “a prelude for Volumes III. and IV” of which HPB informs us that the near completed third volume, not published, is the more practical teaching to be understood. This work was completely overhauled in ‘A Treatise on Cosmic Fire’ and the five volume ‘Treatise on the seven rays’ and the Tibetans other books.

“A commencement has been made to fell and uproot the deadly upas trees of superstition, prejudice, and conceited ignorance, so that these two volumes should form for the student a fitting prelude for Volumes III. and IV. Until the rubbish of the ages is cleared away from the minds of the Theosophists to whom these volumes are dedicated, it is impossible that the more practical teaching contained in the Third Volume should be understood. Consequently, it entirely depends upon the reception with which Volumes I. and II. will meet at the hands of Theosophists and Mystics, whether these last two volumes will ever be published, though they are almost completed. SD2 798.

JPC: We might note that HPB sated that the rubbish of the ages has to be cleared from the minds of theosophists or a third volume would not be understood. Notably, the deadly superstition, prejudice and ignorance were to be felled, uprooted and cleared away.

“It was remarked by the writer in “Isis Unveiled” some ten years ago that: “The said key must be turned seven times before the whole system is divulged. We will give it but one turn, and thereby allow the profane one glimpse into the mystery. Happy he, who understands the whole!” [IU2 461]

The same may be said of the whole Esoteric system. One turn of the key, and no more, was given in “Isis.” Much more is explained in these volumes. In those days the writer hardly knew the language in which the work was written, and the disclosure of many things, freely spoken about now, was forbidden.

In Century the Twentieth some disciple more informed, and far better fitted, may be sent by the Masters of Wisdom to give final and irrefutable proofs that there exists a Science called Gupta-Vidya; and that, like the once-mysterious sources of the Nile, the source of all religions and philosophies now known to the world has been for many ages forgotten and lost to men, but is at last found.” SD1 xxxviii. HPB.

“A Treatise on Cosmic Fire endeavored to give the psychological key to The Secret Doctrine and to interpret the underlying consciousness which the Beings (considered in The Secret Doctrine) express, so in A Treatise on the Seven Rays, I am carrying on the same idea and, at the same time, seeking to give the needed key to modern exoteric psychology.” EA 291.

“As there are seven keys of interpretation to every symbol and allegory, that which may not fit a meaning, say from the psychological or astronomical aspect, will be found quite correct from the physical or metaphysical.” SD2 22.

JPC: It might be noted that an interpretation from the second psychological key may not fit a meaning or be disputed from the angle of the physiological key. Perfect interpretation may not be available to one that differs on a certain key point, so to speak. A broad understanding and occult approach must be endeavoured.

“Three out of these seven systems: the anthropological, the psychic, and the astronomical.” SD1 363.

JPC: Here we again consider the prophecy of Helen Blavatsky and the Secret Doctrine.

Preparatory. One turn of the Key = HPB, Physical or ‘the purely anthropological, or rather physiological key’.

“In Century the Twentieth some disciple more informed, and far better fitted, may be sent by the Masters of Wisdom.”

Intermediate. The second turn of the Key = AAB, Psychological or ‘the psychic or psychological key’

“But our explanations are by no means complete, nor do they pretend to give out the full text, or to have been read by the help of more than three or four keys out of the sevenfold bunch of esoteric interpretation, and even this has only been partially accomplished. The work is too gigantic for any one person to undertake, far more to accomplish. Our main concern was simply to prepare the soil. This, we trust we have done.” SD2 797.

JPC: HPB prepared the soil and this dovetails with the prophesied work of the masters of the wisdom… “In Century the Twentieth some disciple more informed, and far better fitted, may be sent by the Masters of Wisdom”. Three or four keys we used to partially read the explanations given in the Secret Doctrine. We know that HPB directly referred to this in the the following reference to the ‘astronomical and astrological keys’. The Tibetan DK gave further hints as to the astrological key in his works.

It is here important to note that hints only were given of these two keys being ‘partially accomplished’ and stands as an aid or as hints to the texts of the first and second keys of HPB and AAB respectively.

HPB again makes mention that the revelation of the Secret Doctrine is to large for any one person to undertake. Thus AAB was her prophesied co worker to come in the next century the twentieth. This she did and the Master DK dictated as AAB was his amanuensis just as some of the Secret Doctrine was dictated by DK to HPB.

HPB was DK’ first amanuensis. It is mentioned in ‘collected writings’ that DK had taken the fifth Initiation and it is recorded in ‘Initiation Human and Solar’ as follows…”He is the latest of the adepts taking initiation, having taken the fifth initiation in 1875.” Hence as one of the Masters of Wisdom he worked with AAB that disciple far better fitted and informed to bring forth the second major dissemination of the wisdom. The Secret Doctrine is often referred to and referenced by DK in AAB’ books.

“The astronomical and astrological keys opening the gate leading to the mysteries of Theogony can be found only in the later glossaries, which accompany the Stanzas.” SD2 23.

“The Ancient Wisdom teaches that “space is an entity.” It is with the life of this entity and with the forces and energies, the impulses and the rhythms, the cycles and the times and seasons that esoteric astrology deals. H. P. B. stated this in The Secret Doctrine. I would remind you that there is an astrological key to The Secret Doctrine which cannot yet be given in completeness. I can, however, give you some hints and suggest some lines of approach, and these, if carried in the consciousness of the illumined astrologers, may enable one of them at a later date to discover that key and then – turning it on behalf of humanity – reveal the fourth great fundamental of the Ageless Wisdom of which three are already given in the proem of The Secret Doctrine.” EA 8.

“Just as A Treatise on Cosmic Fire endeavored to give the psychological key to The Secret Doctrine and to interpret the underlying consciousness which the Beings (considered in The Secret Doctrine) express, so in A Treatise on the Seven Rays, I am carrying on the same idea and, at the same time, seeking to give the needed key to modern exoteric psychology and also some indications as to the astrological key to The Secret Doctrine to which H.P.B. refers. The Entities dealt with in her masterpiece of esoteric truth are here revealed as cosmic, solar and planetary influences evoking – in response to Their outpoured energy or vibratory activity – an awakening of consciousness in the form so that it becomes aligned to or closely related to Their Own. All revelations appear to emerge into the consciousness of the race in their lowest or most material form because the “ascent of knowledge towards wisdom” is always the key to progress, and, therefore, exoteric psychology and exoteric mundane astrology had to precede the revelation of their significance; the nature of the form had to be made apparent and man accustomed to it before the meaning behind the form could be revealed.” EA 291.

* Each key must be turned seven times. – S. D., I, 22.

“The seven keys open the mysteries, past and future, of the seven great root-races and of the seven kalpas.” Every occult book, symbol and allegory can be subjected to seven interpretations. There are three locks to be opened. Seven keys. Every book can be read esoterically, subjectively and spiritually. All the keys are not yet available. (See Secret Doctrine, I, 330, 343.) There is the physiological key, the psychological, the astrological and the metaphysical. The fifth key is the geometrical. TCF 110.

JPC: DK remarks on the physiological key, and this quotation indicates that he dealt with many other instances of this first key. Each key may be turned seven times and he here provides an instance of a higher turn of the first key. It should be apparent to students that this is so throughout his works, as well as laying out the thesis for various turns of the second psychological key. This should provide students of occultism with much to think out.

“A hint to the student who is interested in the physiological key lies in the relationship between the two great groups of devas who build and construct the most objective portion of logoic manifestation, and the two groups of corpuscles which in their mutual interaction hold the body in health; there is an analogy also in the relationship between the devas of the astral plane, and the motor and sensory nerves of the physical body. I will not enlarge upon this angle of vision.

These devas have to do, in a very esoteric sense, with the nerve plexus in the:

* Solar system. (Physical Sun)

* Planetary scheme. (Dense Planet)

* Human physical body. (Dense Body)

and are therefore a powerful factor in the eventual vitalization of the centers in man.” TCF 635.

“From the standpoint of the lower self, the two most vital moments in the work of the reincarnating Ego, are those in which the mental unit is re-energized into cyclic activity, and in which the etheric body is vitalized. It concerns that which links the center at the base of the spine with a certain point within the physical brain via the spleen. This is dealing purely with the physiological key.” TCF 788.

“…Contrast alone can enable us to appreciate things at their right value; and unless a judge compares notes and hears both sides he can hardly come to a correct decision.” H.P. Blavatsky. The Theosophist, July, 1881, p. 218.

The Science of the Initiates

I always took it that by “another phase of the secret doctrine” that it indicted the third phase of the ageless wisdom. I have extracted some key points on the ‘heart of god’ that might be useful to us re the third revelatory phase of the teachings. As far as I can tell it is related to the second ray and love wisdom this being a second ray solar system. I have the sense that it might contain all that I mentioned and in fact will be a revelatory expansion on all so far given us. We have the preparatory and the intermediate, we have been prepared and primed and with much study service and meditation more will be revealed re attraction cohesion and manifestation of the/a planetary and solar logos and all therein. JPC.

“I would have you remember that the teaching which I have given out has been intermediate in nature, just as that given by H.P.B., under my instruction, was preparatory. The teaching planned by the Hierarchy to precede and condition the New Age, the Aquarian Age, falls into three categories:

1. Preparatory, given 1875 – 1890…written down by H.P.B.
2. Intermediate, given 1919 – 1949…written down by A.A.B.
3. Revelatory, emerging after 1975…to be given on a worldwide scale via the radio.
In the next century and early in the century an initiate will appear and will carry on this teaching. It will be under the same “impression,” for my task is not yet completed and this series of bridging treatises between the material knowledge of man and the science of the initiates has still another phase to run.” RI 255.

“In the second three lines, the Heart of God is evoked and the focal point of love is considered. This “heart” of the manifested world is the Hierarchy – that great transmitting agency of love to every form in the divine manifestation. Upon the essentially “loving nature” of the Hierarchy I need not dwell; too much has been written about it; too little understood; too much has been talked about love and not enough has been realized as to the task confronting the Hierarchy as it transmits love. Love is an energy which must reach the hearts of men and which must fecundate humanity with the quality of loving-understanding – that is what is expressed when love and intelligence are brought together. DINA2 159.

The “light of love” which flows from the Heart of God (and – from the angle of the solar system – from the Heart of the Sun) supersedes the light which has hitherto enlightened his way. DINA2 237.

But they still are men and differ from the Christ only in the fact that He, the first of our humanity to attain divinity, the Eldest in a great family of brothers (as St. Paul expresses it), the Master of the Masters and the Teacher of angels and of men was deemed so pure, so holy and so enlightened that He was permitted to embody for us the great cosmic principle of love; He thus revealed to us, for the first time, the nature of the heart of God. EXT 473.

On the Earth, the Masters have overcome glamor and illusion, and for Them no astral plane exists. Now ahead of Them, and owing to Their freedom from these “bewilderments,” will come the opportunity to enter into the Heart of God, the center of pure love, and from that center to tread the way of love. All these seven Paths lead either to the cosmic astral plane or to the cosmic mental plane, according to the decision made at the sixth initiation. Upon the cosmic astral plane there is no glamor, but instead a great vortex of energy – the energy of pure love – under the domination of the Law of Attraction. RI 399.

It initiates him into that mysterious area of the divine consciousness which we call the “Heart of God”; this is our planetary correspondence to the “Heart of the Sun.” The heart of God, i.e., of our planetary Logos, and the heart of the Sun, i.e., the solar Logos, are mysteriously related, and it is through this sustained relation that it becomes possible for human beings to enter the Hierarchy. Forget not that the Hierarchy is the expression of the energy of love. The relationship also enables them eventually to pass off the cosmic physical plane on to the cosmic astral plane. RI 536.

Just as desire has produced this “son of necessity,” our solar system, there lies behind all the energies of the Heart of God and all the forces which have produced the manifested universe that which is the result of divine need. It is neither the cosmic correspondence of brain or mind or focused intention, as you might surmise. It is that synthetic something which produces cohesion and results in fruition or synthesis as the effect or final result of manifestation. EA 606.

This set loose energy which swept into the solar system, carrying with it those solar angels who “rested in the Heart of God until the hour was come.” Their appearance upon the mental plane brought about the union of Spirit and matter, and from this union was born a self-conscious Identity, the Ego. On cosmic levels, an analogous process occurs in connection with such stupendous Identities as a solar Logos, and the septenary Lives. TCF 702.

The radiation which comes from the plane of buddhi or of the spiritual intuition. This is an expression of the love nature of the Master and is that which enables him to be in touch with the Heart of God. DINA1 755.

Why is Pure Spirit Darkness?

In answering this question we are demonstrating the power of communication on occult matters in a scientific manner. Our existence and all existence is due to the power of an un-knowable deity. I don’t think many scientists would buy that one! However, I am sure we have all had highly interesting conversations with all kinds of people. It makes them THINK.

Why is pure spirit darkness? Because pure spirit is brilliant beyond comparison to even the light of the soul and a milliard times more so than the light of matter. It is the “antithesis of darkness” the ‘direct or exact opposite’ to it and in general understanding darkness is only the absence of the light of the form. Everything other than pure spirit fades into blankness in the intense brilliance of the clear cold light. On the plane of spirit there is no form as we understand it.

“This realization necessarily comes to the disciple through the means of graded revelation and in balanced sequence; each contact with the Initiator leads the initiate closer to the centre of pure darkness – a darkness which is the very antithesis of darkness as the non-initiate and the unenlightened understand. It is a centre or point of such intense brilliance that everything fades out and at the place of tension, and at that darkest point, let the group see a point of clear cold fire.” RI 174.

DK told us that some scientists were gaining much ground in beginning to understand light. Students would do well to ponder this in connection with quantum physics and relativity. The whole quotient of space time or that great entity space, is one of light emittance whether of an atom or galaxy or sub atomic quantum energy. The quantum or sub-standing energy or force which manifests matter produces light. Light is electromagnetic energy and radiation.

Yet originating from the central spiritual sun, for all stars have this central sun that sub-stands the heart and outer body of fire. Science recognises black holes that are the source of all stars and galaxies and are the as yet also beginnings of outer bodies or spheres. When stars shrink over vast periods of time they are dying outwardly yet the inner source is withdrawing its energy back into its inner reservoir via a black hole occultly understood as a laya centre.

Pranic energy is electrical/spiritual energy, electro magnetic and so forth as expounded in the Secret Doctrine. This is a critical examination of exoteric and esoteric science. A writer succeeds in promoting occultism along with a scientific appreciation when enabling those in the scientific fields to expand their horizons and thus expand human thought and progression. In so doing we demonstrate an understanding and ability to think through both types of science and communicate them well. This indicates the ability to potentially discus these with a scientist and pose the main thrusts of the discussion or argument on a good footing showing the ability to explain and ‘back up’ key points well thus enabling in small part for “occultism to win the day” as HPB said it must. JPC.

The True Significance of Light

This statement by the Tibetan brings many thoughts to our minds. The ‘Law of Relativity’ as presented by Albert Einstein is essentially a partial or relative presentation on light “more or less.” Indeed we are told [second postulate] “The speed of light in a vacuum is the same for all observers, regardless of their relative motion or of the motion of the source of the light.” As relative speed increases closer to the source speed of light, so space/time or that great entity space ceases to be visible.

Thus physical space/matter is visible in its constituent atomic group relatively according to their lesser and greater groups, and this due their inherent capacity to generate and expel light due to rotary motion and also due to the inner heart of the sun within the atom or solar system. This applies to atoms, a man, a planet or a sun/stars. ‘E = mc2, energy and mass are equivalent and transmutable’ energy is never lost only transmuted and this is exemplified in the third Initiation of the Transfiguration.

The “Law of Expansion” discussed by DK in this same passage may be materialised in our understanding of space time and light and economy as we recall ‘The Universe is expanding, and the far parts of it are moving away from us faster than the speed of light’. Thus we cannot measure the great expanse of the Universe [to once again return to the Singularity/Black hole “the seven solar Rays dilate to seven suns and set fire to the whole cosmos” then return to inner source] considering also that there are types of light that do not even penetrate into our system as it is repelled by our own as an opposite polarity in light “whose rays of light do not pierce (if it might be expressed in so unscientific a manner) through the solar periphery.” Much for us to think of on relativity. JPC.

“Scientists are beginning to recognize this more or less, and to realize that it is the Law of Relativity, or the relation between all atoms, which produces that which is called Light, and which, in its aggregated phenomena, forms that composite sphere, a solar system.” TCF 1041.

“I praise the perfect buddha, the supreme philosopher, who taught us relativity.”

“I bow down to him who’s wisdom and insight make him un excelled as sage and teacher; the victor who realised (Ultimate truth), then taught it us as relativity!”

“Thus experience of relativity is most recommended in your teaching, and not that of absolute nothingness, nor that of intrinsic real existence. Lord Tsong Kapa, The Speech of Gold.

Contemporary Scientific Thought and the Secret Doctrine

The gulf between contemporary scientific thought and the Secret Doctrine is great. There is so much scientific material covered in the ageless wisdom of AAB and HPB which reveals much to those with interest. For instance, an intelligence or creative life force that holds all things in being and in their respective places, here HPB would say… KARMA allied to the great Law of Attraction and Repulsion.

Newton stated many scientific truths such as ‘the velocity of a body is a constant unless altered by an external force’ yet he never denied a greater force impelling planetary and gravitational forces and motion. Every action has an equal and opposite reaction is the Newton equation that may also be extended to the great law of karma and cyclic/gravitational return. Energy set in motion is never lost but may be absorbed or wrongly used, redirected or transformed.

The cyclic return of energy can be seen in the electrical frequency and alternating current, the weather systems and human behaviour and life patterns. Karma is an extension of the laws of cyclic motion and return governing every aspect of energy use on the planet and system, under the governance of the second ray lord.

Astronomical science and physics have deduced much using mathematics and cycles and these predict many [not all] exoteric cycles and varying patterns of physical behaviours. The ray lords are the chronologists and great time keepers. Scientists of course only yet predict or deduce the exoteric to some extent and see not the inner cause or conscious life of stupendous proportions. JPC.

 The Work of HPB

The work of HPB is a magnum opus and one of the greatest legacies ever left to humanity. Students that don’t study the Secret Doctrine have missed a great foundational understanding of matters. DK refers us multiple times to her work, as you know and appreciate and gave much of the work therein, HPB being his first amanuensis.

I recommend without reservation the close study of her foundational work in its entirety along side that of Alice Bailey. HPB certainly had to contend with things we know little of, and at great personal cost. That said, she took all in her stride and certainly never bowed to second rate commentators or ignoramuses as is historically recorded.

Her work, being exemplary, stands today as the first ‘preparatory’ instalment of the ageless wisdom given by AAB/DK. Such a cornerstone can never be moved or undermined and bears the ‘intermediate’ work given by AAB. There could be no other foundational work able to carry the latter. A ten volume corner stone of Collected Writings, Isis Unveiled and the Secret Doctrine, remain unmovable. JPC.

Seven Jewels seven Sub rays

“It is also that which the other three aspects shield, and which the seven principles (expressing themselves as vehicles) protect. There are seven of these “points” or “jewels,” expressing the sevenfold nature of consciousness, and as they are brought one by one into living expression, the seven subrays of the dominating monadic ray are also one by one made manifest, so that each initiate-disciple is (in due time) a Son of God in full and outer glory.” (TEV 169-170)

JC: The seven sub rays of the monads in their seven groups find expression through projection of the required sub ray from the corresponding seven sub points or seven jewels found within the monadic jewel.

A Monad of love requiring to serve via the seventh ray will thus project ‘a fragment of itself’ via the seventh interior jewel of the monadic jewel and thus emerges a seventh monadic sub ray of the major ray.

“All so-called first ray egos are on the first subray of the second ray, which is in incarnation.  A pure first ray ego in incarnation at this time would be a disaster.  There is not sufficient intelligence and love in the world to balance the dynamic will of an ego on the ray of the destroyer.” EPI 26/27

“After the third Initiation all human beings find themselves on their monadic ray, on one of the three major rays, and the fact that Masters and Initiates are found on all the rays is due to the following two factors:

First.  Each major ray has its subrays, which correspond to all the seven.

Second.  Many of the guides of the race transfer from one ray to another as They are needed, and as the work may require.  When one of the Masters or Initiates is transferred it causes a complete re-adjustment.” TCF 176.

The seven ray chronologers/timekeepers

HPB refers to the seven regents or rays as so often is the case in her work. They are the Gods as referenced many times in the Secret Doctrine of Blavatsky and Ageless Wisdom of Bailey. The Sephiroth or Elohim are referred to as “numbers” and thus the seven ray breaths or brothers of light are the divine chronologers creating using mathematical geometrical construction. They keep the time and seasons and issue forth under strict time periods of activity producing the ages and seasons and karmic periods of pralaya and cosmic activity. The seven Rishis “are the sons of Kronos (Time)”

Note also the First God as being collectively “ONE” or of the First Ray and the next God who stand next to the ONE is “the SECOND GOD,” or “WISDOM”. This is a reference in early form to the 2nd ray of love-wisdom. The first ONE or ray being the initiator/reflector under Will-Power or 0 on the first or ideal and highest plane. Note also the reference to plural number, or “Words” which I believe can also account for the dual names given of the rays. They are the seven sons of light or fohat and the builders of form. In Brotherhood. JPC.

“It emanates from itself — as the upper Sephirothal Triad emanates the lower

seven Sephiroth — the seven Rays or Dhyan Chohans”. SD1 130.

“God” or the Elohim are the “Seven Regents” of Pymander. They are identical with all the other Creators.”

“the Sephiroth-Elohim” SD1 129.

“The latter is, in the Chaldean Kabala, a pure abstraction; the Word or

LOGOS, or DABAR (in Hebrew), which Word, though

it becomes in fact a plural number, or “Words”–D(a)B(a)RIM,

when it reflects itself, or falls into the aspect of a Host (of angels, or

Sephiroth, “numbers”) is still collectively ONE, and on the ideal plane a nought–0, a “No-thing.”

IT is without form or being, “with no likeness with anything else.” (Franck, “Die Kabbala,” p. 126.)

And even Philo calls the Creator, the Logos

who stands next God, “the SECOND GOD,” and “the second God who is his

(Highest God’s) WISDOM” (Philo. Quaest. et Solut).” SD1 350

Energy

Boson, Atom, Electron, Plasma, Ion, Gas

“Only when scientists are prepared to admit the fact that there is a body of vitality which acts as a focal point in every organized form, and only when they are willing to consider each element and form of every degree as constituting part of a still greater vital body, will the true methods of the great goddess Nature become their methods. To do this they must be prepared to accept the sevenfold differentiation of the physical plane as stated by Eastern occultism, to recognize the triple nature of the septenary manifestation.
* The atomic or Shiva energy, the energy of the first subplane or the first etheric plane.
* The vital form building energy of the three ensuing etheric levels.
* The negative receptive energy of the three planes of the dense physical, the gaseous, the liquid and the truly dense.

They will also eventually consider the interplay between the lower three and the higher four in that great atom called the physical plane. This can be seen duplicated in the atom of the physicist or chemist. Scientific students who are interested in these matters will find it worth while to consider the correspondence between these three types of energy, and that which is understood by the words, atoms, electrons, and ions.

All that manifests (from God to man) is the result of these three types of energy or force, of their combination, their interplay, and their psychic action and reaction. During the great cycle of logoic appearance it is the second type of energy which dominates and which is of evolutionary importance, and this is why the etheric body which lies back of all that is visible is the most important. This is equally true of gods, of men and of atoms.” TCF 918.

The seven etheric planes are given by AAB as, 1st atomic, 2nd subatomic, 3rd superetheric and 4th ether. The 5 gaseous, 6 liquid and 7 earth/solid.
These are the “states of matter” with ether being the theosophical “fourth state of matter”. Atoms of science may relate to the second subplane. I hypothetically proposed the Higgs Boson to this plane though this also may be 2nd plane.

Atomic or Shiva energy, the energy of the first subplane or the first etheric plane = 1st atomic = Higgs Boson, Atoms or sub atomic of 2nd plane.
The vital form building energy of the three ensuing etheric levels = 2nd subatomic, 3rd superetheric and 4th etheric = Electrons
The negative receptive energy of the three planes of the dense physical, the gaseous, the liquid and the truly dense = 5 gaseous, 6 liquid and 7 earth/solid = Ions.

Plasma is prior gaseous being that state of burning matter esoterically from “super gaseous” though the manifested effect of the fourth etheric state. It is highly magnetised and is subject to the direction of magnetised fields generated internally within the sun.

The energy of the sun travels as plasma fields throughout its solar system along magnetised plasma fields known as the solar wind. This is the breath of the logos manifesting via akasha or “vitalized matter, or substance animated by latent heat” and as electrical substance. JPC.

“Heating a gas may ionize its molecules or atoms (reducing or increasing the number of electrons in them), thus turning it into a plasma, which contains charged particles: positive ions and negative electrons or ions.”
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plasma_%28physics%29

http://www.redorbit.com/news/technology/1112824374/plasma-launched-into-open-air-for-energy-generation-041713/

“The negative and positive ions with which the scientist deals are etheric in nature and, therefore, of the physical plane. These unseen particles of substance which can only be traced through their effects and through interference with their activities, are rapidly moving particles in relation to each other and, at the same time, are themselves affected by a greater controlling factor which keeps them so moving.” Esoteric Healing 370.

Electricity

“HPB…We are told that Mr. Keely defines electricity “as a certain form of
atomic vibration.” In this he is quite right; but this is electricity on
the terrestrial plane, and through terrestrial correlations. He
estimates —

Molecular vibrations at 100,000,000 per second.
Inter-molecular vibrations at 300,000,000 per second
Atomic vibrations at 900,000,000 per second
Inter-atomic vibrations at 2,700,000,000 per second
AEtheric vibrations at 8,100,000,000 per second
Inter-AEtheric vibrations at 24,300,000,000 per second

This proves our point. There are no vibrations that could be counted or even
estimated at an approximate rate beyond “the realm of the fourth son of
Fohat,” using an occult phraseology, or that motion which corresponds
to the formation of Mr. Crookes’ radiant matter, or lightly called some
years ago the “fourth state of matter” — on this our plane.” SD1 562.

JPC: For consideration.

HPB: “the proximate — the immediate — cause of such sensations” and vibrations. The etheric (or Astral) Force.
Electrical atomic vibration on the terrestrial plane. The vibratory envelope of all atoms.

The division, made by the Occultists, under other names.

7.[Atomic vibrations “The seventh beyond, which begins the same
enumeration, from the first to the last, on another and higher plane”]
6.[sixth sub-division or positive association with luminiferous ether.  Physical plane Light uses, as a medium. Fifth and sixth planes of the etheric (or Astral) Force].  Also, magnetic flow or magnetism.  Radiant matter will have resulted in a further elucidation with regard to the true source of light.
5.Inter-AEtheric vibrations at 24,300,000,000 per second. Sound functions through. [Fifth sub division. The inter-etheric Force alone, the fifth and sixth principles of Akasa]
4. AEtheric vibrations at 8,100,000,000 per second. Colour  allied to. [Fourth etheric sub division or state of matter “on this our plane”]
3.Inter-atomic vibrations at 2,700,000,000 per second [Third sub division]
2. Atomic vibrations at 900,000,000 per second [Second sub division]
1.Inter-molecular vibrations at 300,000,000 per second [First sub division] Molecular
separation of air.  The liberation of the pure ether from the crude
molecular. Odour/smell.
0.Molecular vibrations at 100,000,000 per second.

“Molecular separation of air *brings us* to the first sub-division only; inter-molecular, to the second; atomic, to the third; inter-atomic, to the fourth; etheric, to the fifth; and inter-etheric, to the sixth sub-division, or positive association with luminiferous ether.” SD 564.

“…downward from the pure etheric plane into the terrestrial.” SD1 561.

“when acting through the inter-etheric Force alone, the fifth and sixth principles of Akasa.” SD1 561.

“…the results obtained from the fifth and sixth planes of the etheric (or Astral) Force…” SD1 562.

“How true it is will be fully demonstrated only on that day when his discovery of radiant matter will have resulted in a further elucidation with regard to the true source of light, and revolutionized all the present speculations.” SD1 662.

“…beyond “the realm of the fourth son of Fohat,” using an occult phraseology, or that motion which corresponds to the formation of Mr. Crookes’ radiant matter, or lightly called some years ago the “fourth state of matter” — on this our plane.” SD1 562.

“Molecular separation of air brings us to the first sub-division only; inter-molecular, to the second; atomic, to the third; inter-atomic, to the fourth; etheric, to the fifth; and inter-etheric, to the sixth sub-division, or positive association with luminiferous ether.” SD 564.

“Quite so, since there is the seventh beyond, which begins the same enumeration, from the first to the last, on another and higher plane.” SD1 564. HPB.

“In my definition of atom I do not confine myself to the sixth sub-division where this luminiferous ether is developed in its crude form”. SD 564.

“I assume that sound, like odour, is a real substance of unknown and wonderful tenuity, emanating from a body where it has been induced by percussion and throwing out absolute corpuscles of matter, inter-atomic particles.” SD1 565.

“sound truly defined is the disturbance of atomic equilibrium, rupturing actual atomic corpuscles; and the substance thus liberated must certainly be a certain order of etheric flow.” SD1 565.

“infinitely tenuous as odour is, it holds a very crude relation to the substance of sub-division that governs a magnetic flow (a flow of sympathy, if you please to call it so). This sub-division comes next to sound, but is above sound.” SD1 565.

“physical depreciation leads, at its terminus, to the source of a much higher development — viz., the liberation of the pure ether from the crude molecular; which, in my estimation, is to be much desired.” — (From Mrs. Bloomfield-Moore’s paper, “The New Philosophy.”)

“All bodies are formed primitively from this highly tenuous ether, animal, vegetable, and mineral, and they are only returned to their high gaseous condition when brought under a state of differential equilibrium.” (From Mrs. Bloomfield-Moore’s paper, “The New Philosophy.”) SD1 565.

“It may be remarked that, save a few small divergencies, no Adept nor Alchemist could have explained the above any better, in the light of modern Science, however much the latter may protest against the novel views. This is, in all its fundamental principles, if not details, Occultism pure and simple, yet withal, modern natural philosophy as well.” SD 565.

“Not only “through space,” but filling every point of our solar system, for it is the physical residue, so to say, of Ether, its lining on our plane; Ether having to serve other cosmic and terrestrial purposes besides being the “agent” for transmitting light.” SD1 524.

Back to Earth

Back to Earth – Return to Me

Law VIII

Disease and death are the result of two active forces. One is the will of the soul which says to its instrument: I draw the essence back. The other is the magnetic power of the planetary Life which says to the life within the atomic structure: The hour of reabsorption has arrived. Return to me. Thus, under cyclic law, do all forms act.
JPC: It is the magnetic power of the ‘planetary life’ or “etheric substance (of which the planetary body is formed)” that recalls that which it has lent of itself, the matter and atoms that built the physical sheath. We note the word ‘reabsorption’ with the ‘return to me’ that which was lent, and as such, earth to earth, ashes to ashes and dust to dust. It relates to the ageing process, the “death-producing energy” and the gradual deterioration of the cellular renewal and vitality. The destructive effect of the death process is an ongoing one within the disciple and early initiate and of course within any human being or animal etc.

The reference here is to the normal dissolution of the form at the close of a cycle of reincarnation. As we well know, this cycle is determined in the case of man by major psychological factors which can hasten or prolong the “hour of the end,” but only up to a certain point. The dictum of the soul and the fiat of the planetary Life are the final determining factors, except in the cases of war, accident, suicide or epidemics.

JPC: Such dissolution and drawing back, ‘back to earth’, of its atomic life is a karmic and cyclic law and a final determining factor in nature, generally. It is the psychological factor that determines the length of the ‘final hour’ protracted or hastened to a degree of soul Will of the in-dweller and its winding up of service duties. We note the term the “fiat of the planetary Life” and its lawful and natural duty to proceed with its cycle or re-absorption.

The power of absorption with which the planet is endowed is very great within certain limitations; it is these limitations, [249] for instance, which promote epidemics as the aftermath of war. Such epidemics have a serious effect upon the human race after the war cycle is over and after the consequent epidemic has spent itself. Humanity, particularly in Eastern Europe, had not completely recovered from the epidemics, incident to the first part of the world war, when the second part took place. The psychological effects continue; the scars and the results of the second phase of that world war will persist for fifty years, even though – owing to man’s greater scientific knowledge – the epidemic factor may be kept surprisingly within bounds. This, however, still remains uncertain. Time alone will demonstrate how successful humanity is in offsetting the penalties which outraged nature is apt to exact. Esoteric Healing.

JPC: A planet is endowed with this ‘power of absorption’ and though the physical death process “the pull of the powerful life of the planet” and the gradual ageing and “tendency to die” proceeds. This power is within certain limitations that which promotes ‘epidemics’ and brings widespread death to huge populations over the planet. Epidemics bring ‘serious’ consequences for humanity during and after its spread of disease.

Human scientific knowledge of medicine and hygiene assist in its containment yet the offsetting of the “penalties” of war and of human interference with that natural cycle of the planetary life’s law of reabsorbtion of the essence of the human physical vehicle is largely in-determinant. This is due to “outraged nature” governing and exacting its returns in ‘aftermath’ due to mankind breaking its law of the natural process of death and the natural dissolution of physical atoms.

Humanity are though able to ‘offset’ such penalties through their own ‘scientific knowledge’ and medical ability. Its is here notable that humanity are able to offset in a constructive manner when they have been responsible for destruction. Humanity pays the price indiscriminately and those that may appear to be innocent of wrong actions are part of the group karmic being called humanity. War started due to group selfishness and DK reminds us that no one is innocent of that.

A thought comes to mind that during the world wars the great influenza attacked the healthy and strong from the onset of war. It is noted that influenza is the result of fear and worry and is an emotional disease. We might ponder that in this case of the great war, fear and worry largely was found within the healthy and strong as it built up pending the outbreak of the great offensive according to records it struck in 1918. An observation of who is afflicted by the flu, young or old, healthy and prime or an in-discriminant mix will indicate the hot spots of worry and fear, who is suffering it and perhaps why, or at least an intuitive appreciation. Astral conditions of fear and worry are infectious according to DK and these astral effects create virus that has physical effects.

Viruses and bacteria are of astral origin and “indigenous in the planet itself” and are “inherited from old Atlantis” hence the astral connection. HPB said in her collected writings that “Most of the deaths from influenza occur in consequence of lung-paralysis” and this is indicative of what DK mentions…

“They are so highly infectious from the astral point of view that they lower in a peculiar manner the astral atmosphere, and thus make it hard for people – in the astral sense – to breathe freely.” More will be considered at a later date.

“in the fourth dreadful year of the war, as the American Expeditionary Forces (AEF) assumed fighting strength and prepared their first great offensive against the Germans, the flu struck.”

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2862337/

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1918_flu_pandemic

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Epidemic_typhus

http://kehilalinks.jewishgen.org/myadel/pandemics.htm

http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/InfectiousDiseases/InfectionsAZ/PandemicInfluenza/History/

In Consideration of the ‘4’

Over a real cycle it may work out to nearer 44 years for the magnetic polarity shift but 40-44 years is notable as it includes 4×11 year breath cycles. 10 years for each out-breath and 1 year for an in-breath.

This is an extraordinary rapid shift of the “zonal magnetic field bands” and one we might ponder.

250,000 years correspond to one year in the life of Sol approximating 6250 heartbeats per solar year.

250,000/40= 6250, 6250X100= 625000= 6+2+5= 13= 1+3= 4.

11 year breath cycles x4= 40-44 year magnetic shifts.

We can see a numerical reduction and correspondence to 4 and this is of some interest for us if we consider sol in the fourth order. The fourth ray is a major controlling factor in earth and sol evolution. Our solar system is indeed according to DK the fourth solar system, second major, of the seven solar systems of which compose the OAWNMBS.

Thus our solar system could be considered the heart centre of the OAWNMBS with the numeral 4 being of note along with this solar system being fourth “in the series” of seven solar systems and also reflected in the solar heartbeat, the “contraction of the Solar HEART” over ten years with one year for the “fourth solar cavity” to refill for our logos and his systemic theoretical fourth ray personality dominating the note of the physical heart rhythm.

Lets note again, there are four contractions of the Solar HEART to each forty year magnetic field shift or re polarisation and adjustment of energy fields due to the electrical impulse or conditioning coming from Sirius.

There is of course a direct correspondence to the fourth heart valve the Aortic governing the life blood of the Sun or man’s system into its system via the aortic artery. The pranic vitality [life] comes from the cosmic mental plane via the central spiritual sun to this system of love-wisdom and of astral/buddhic development, and via the “the fourth solar cavity” focussed within the solar heart and governing the rhythmic beat and out-breath of vitality. Our fourth order sun aiming to touch the fourth plane of cosmic buddhi functions as the cosmic fourth heart valve breathing the pranic fourth son of fohat into his system, our system and fourth planet/globe.

So conditioning and impressing is “the four” or quaternary that most human units on earth are impulsed to tread the fourth path or Way to Sirius and are truly ‘human units of the fourth order’ and sons of the sacred four due to the fact “the fourth Path includes the larger number of the sons of men”. This also at this time due to our solar system being of the fourth order and composing of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th cosmic ethers. Regarding all as interacting energies we might see how as they change our paths might change generally but not exclusively.

The greater number of humanity are on the mystical path due to the manasic step down of cosmic vitality and thus it is required that “the mystic must go and become what is called “a spark of mahatic electricity” and thus as DK indicates go to Sirius for such a manasic stimulation that the mystic becomes the occultist proper and a Master of the Wisdom if not already sensitive enough to cosmic manasic vitality or electrical mahatic electricity and to that Sirian star of sensitivity. Hypothetically considered. JPC. 09/04/2013
———————————————————————————————-

“The seven solar systems, of which our solar system is one, and in their turn the seven energy centers of the One to Whom I have referred in my other books as the One About Whom Naught Can Be Said.” EA 12.

“The fourth ray of conflict (conflict with a view to eventual harmony) is at present not one of the manifesting rays, yet – in the light of the larger cycle – this ray is a major controlling factor in our earth evolution and in the evolution of our solar system, which is one of the fourth order. The realization of this may indicate why our little planet, the Earth, is of such apparent importance in the solar system. It is not simply because we choose to think so and thus feed our own arrogance, but it is so primarily because the fourth ray of conflict and this first law are – in time and space – dominating factors in the fourth kingdom in nature, the human kingdom. Our planet, the fourth in the series of divine expression with which we are associated, has a peculiar relation to the position of our solar system in the series of solar systems which constitute the body of expression for The One About Whom Naught May Be Said.” EP1 92.

“the fact that our solar system is a system of the fourth order. This group of Lives is manipulated and controlled, in the macrocosmic sense, from cosmic mental levels via the central spiritual sun, and through what is called in esoteric parlance “the fourth solar cavity.” If students will meditate upon the nature of the human heart and its various divisions, and particularly upon one of the valves, light upon this complex problem may be forthcoming.” TCF 1098.

“The fourth ray is the ray par excellence which governs humanity. There is a numerical relation to be noted here, for the fourth creative Hierarchy of human monads, the fourth ray, in this fourth round, on the fourth globe, the Earth, are extremely active.” EP1 320.

“These units of the fourth kingdom, the bulk of the fourth Creative Hierarchy on this fourth globe of the fourth scheme in a solar system of the fourth order are innately compelled to seek this fourth WAY in order to perfect themselves. They are called the “blissful dancing points of fanatical devotion.” This is as near as we can get to the true description. They have also been described as the “revolving wheels which turn upon themselves, and find the open door to perfect bliss.”

The energy of Path IV reaches us from Sirius via the Sun. This must be understood as a blind behind which one of the signs of the zodiac veils itself.” TCF 1259.

These very important facts merit close attention, and the consideration of all occult students. They hold the key whereby some comprehension of manas and of planetary evolution may come about. What have we, therefore, in this special cyclic alignment? [363]

1. A solar system of the fourth order.
2. The fourth scheme in the system.
3. The fourth chain in the scheme.
4. The fourth globe in the chain.
5. The fourth round. 34

All these are found active within the same cycle, and all therefore bring about a simultaneous alignment which results in the clearing of a channel direct from the heart of our scheme through every ring-pass-not to the cosmic correspondence, found outside the solar sphere.
———————————————————————
34 Compare also the following correspondences:

* The sacred Tetraktys – The manifested Logos.
* The Fourth Creative Hierarchy – The Human.
* The Fourth Principle – Lower Mind.
* The Fourth Race – Kama-manas.
* The Fourth Element – Water, S. D., I, 95. I, 640.
* The Four Truths – S. D., I, 70.
* The Four Propositions – S. D., I, 107.
* The Four Initiations – S. D., I, 227.
* The Fourth Plane – Buddhi, fourth cosmic ether.
* The Fourth physical subplane – The Fourth Ether.
* The Fourth Round – The Present. TCF 363.

Our solar system is disclosed as being:
* A system of the fourth order, having its force centers upon the fourth cosmic plane, and making its objective manifestation from the fourth systemic plane, via the fourth subplane of the systemic physical plane.
* Blue in color, esoteric orange and green.
* A system which is occultly known to the Adept as “in an airy sign in which the Bird can fly.”
* A system formed of “three fires which form a fourth.”
* A system in which the Bird has “four tail feathers” and hence can occultly “mount to a higher plane and find its fifth.”
* A system which has four major cycles, and minor periods of manifestation which are multiples of that figure.
* A system which in the alchemical phraseology of the Masters is viewed as being “a product of the fourth; the fourth itself in process of transmutation; and the living stone with four shells.” All this can be seen at one glance by the Master who has the ideographic word before Him. TCF 1087.

“Our solar Logos, being a Logos of the fourth order, will begin to coordinate His cosmic buddhic body, and as He develops cosmic mind He will gradually achieve, by the aid of that mind, the ability to touch the cosmic buddhic plane.” TCF 115.

“From the cosmic point of view, as we know, our sun is but of the fourth order, and on the lowest cosmic plane. When the Son has, through the Sun, attained full expression (that is, perfected His display of light and heat) then He will shine forth upon another plane, that of the cosmic mental… of the fourth order; he is the quaternary.” TCF 230.

“Our solar system is what is called a system of the fourth order; that is, it has its location on the fourth cosmic etheric plane, counting, as always, from above downwards.” TCF 119.

Seven Radiating Rays

Lets consider the seven ray types refer to a color, a metal, a plane, a planet, an atom, a Rishi, a root race and sub race, a planetary chain and so on etc, so why then should we think an individual would not be born under a ray type including being “guided and influenced thereby”? Lets take a brief look in some theosophical extracts that substand the teachings of AAB.

Take for instance this quotation from SD1 120… “This “World of Truth” can be described only in the words of the Commentary as “A bright star dropped from the heart of Eternity; the beacon of hope on whose Seven Rays hang the Seven Worlds of Being.” Truly so; since those are the Seven Lights whose reflections are the human immortal Monads — the Atma, or the irradiating Spirit of every creature of the human family.”

Every creature of the human family has then an irradiating spirit the human monad that is conditioned by the seven rays. HPB certainly indicates that these rays have application in “a distinct state of consciousness, for occult purposes” and have “psychic and spiritual effects”. This again gives preliminary indication of their governing of the human psych and spiritual evolution.

“The names of the Seven Rays — which are, Sushumna, Harikesa, Viswakarman, Viswatryarchas, Sannaddha, Sarvavasu and Swaraj — are all mystical, and each has its distinct application in a distinct state of consciousness, for occult purposes… As psychic and spiritual effects, they emanate from, and have their origin in, the supra-solar Upadhi, in the ether of the Occultist — or Akasa.” SD1 515.

HPB in vol2 92 of the secret doctrine asks “Why do the seven nervous plexuses of the body radiate seven rays?” This is a reference to the seven chakras conditioned by the seven rays as they radiate in this instance from the seven nervous plexuses. The human etheric body having seven chakras of energy are each governed by these rays and build thereon the human dense physical frame or vehicle.

An adept comes under the influence of a ray type as does and ashram as does each of the seven planetary initiations also. Without the counting for the seven rays how does astrology work or operate as indeed it does due to the seven psychological rays that condition the human being in one or other of their combinations as HPB indicates also the seven planets and the twelve houses that operate.

The seven rays account for all manifestation including human individuals and their ray composition of soul, mental, emotional, etheric and physical. There is much for investigation by the various writers on these matters including Alice Bailey. JPC.

“There are seven chief groups of such Dhyan Chohans, which groups will be found and recognised in every religion, for they are the primeval seven Rays. Humanity, occultism teaches us, is divided into seven distinct groups and their sub-divisions, mental, spiritual, and physical.*

* Hence the seven chief planets, the spheres of the indwelling
seven spirits, under each of which is born one of the human groups which is guided and influenced thereby. There are only seven planets (specially connected with earth), and twelve houses, but the possible combinations of their aspects are countless. As each planet can stand to each of the others in twelve different aspects, their combinations must, therefore, be almost infinite; as infinite, in fact, as the spiritual, psychic, mental, and physical capacities in the numberless varieties of the genus homo, each of which varieties is born under one of the seven planets and one of the said countless planetary combinations.” See Theosophist, for August, 1886. SD 573.

Also… this from SD1 574… Mr. T. Subba Row wrote: “. . . that such communion is only possible between persons whose souls derive their life and sustenance from the same divine RAY, and that, as seven distinct rays radiate from the ‘Central Spiritual Sun,’ all adepts and Dhyan Chohans are divisible into seven classes, each of which is guided, controlled, and overshadowed by one of the seven forms or manifestations of the divine Wisdom.” (“Theosophist,” Aug., 1886.)

So we can also see the possibility of communion or affinity between persons of the same rays and also how they and adepts are guided, controlled and overshadowed by one of the seven rays breaths. JPC.

The Antahkarana

“One of the points which it is essential that students should grasp is the deeply esoteric fact that this antahkarana is built through the medium of a conscious effort within consciousness itself, and not just by attempting to be good, or to express goodwill, or to demonstrate the qualities of unselfishness and high aspiration. Many esotericists seem to regard the treading of the Path as the conscious effort to overcome the lower nature and to express life in terms of right living and thinking, love and intelligent understanding. It is all that, but it is something far more. Good character and good spiritual aspiration are basic essentials. But these are taken for granted by the Master Who has a disciple under training; their foundation and their recognition and development are the objectives upon the Path of Probation.

But to build the antahkarana is to relate the three divine aspects. This involves intense mental activity; it necessitates the power to imagine and to visualize, plus a dramatic attempt to build the Lighted Way in mental substance. This mental substance is – as we have seen – of three qualities or natures, and the bridge of living light is a composite creation, having in it:

1. Force, focused and projected from the fused and blended forces of the personality.
2. Energy, drawn from the egoic body by, a conscious effort.
3. Energy, abstracted from the Spiritual Triad.

It is essentially, however, an activity of the integrated and dedicated personality. Esotericists must not take the position that all they have to do is to await negatively some activity by the soul which will automatically take place after a certain measure of soul contact has been achieved, and that consequently and in time this activity will evoke response both from the personality and the Triad. This is not the case. The work of the building of the antahkarana is primarily an activity of the personality, aided by the soul; this in time evokes a reaction from the Triad. There is far too much inertia demonstrated by aspirants at this time.” Rays and the Initiations 468.

Ether and Plasma

JPC: The central inner sun is as DK describes a sea of fire or heat and not a sea of flame. This is understood by science as being the inner radioactive core generating energy by nuclear fusion resulting in “fiercest incandecence” originating from the central spiritual and heart of the sun. Plasma is pre gaseous and post etheric being that state of burning matter esoterically from “super gaseous” though the manifested effect of the fourth etheric state. It is highly magnetised and is subject to the direction of magnetised fields generated internally within the sun. The energy of the sun travels as plasma fields throughout its solar system along magnetised plasma fields known as the solar wind. This is the breath of the logos manifesting via akasha or “vitalized matter, or substance animated by latent heat” and as electrical substance.

This electrical substance appears as one of the three aspects logoic as DK tells us and as our solar logos is a second ray lord the electrical vitality he radiates into his system will be of the second ray quality and of the second aspect. It is a similar internal incandescent fire and latent heat that makes life on this planet possible and DK states it is only this that makes life here possible at all. Without it there would be no life as in the case of the moon. Therefore we shine as a globe.

“The Sun is the star at the center of the Solar System. It is almost perfectly spherical and consists of hot plasma interwoven with magnetic fields.”
“In the inner portions of the Sun, nuclear fusion has modified the composition by converting hydrogen into helium, so the innermost portion of the Sun is now roughly 60% helium, with the metal abundance unchanged. Because the interior of the Sun is radiative, not convective (see Radiative zone above), none of the fusion products from the core have risen to the photosphere.” wikipedia.

A Treatise on Cosmic Fire – Section One – Division A – The Internal Fires of the Sheaths

a. The Sun. Within the sun, right at its very heart, is a sea of fire or heat, but not a sea of flame. Herein may lie a distinction that perhaps will convey no meaning to some. It is the center of the sphere, and the point of fiercest internal burning, but has little relation to the flames or burning gases (whatever terms you care [59] to use) that are generally understood to exist whenever the sun is considered. It is the point of fiercest incandescence, and the objective sphere of fire is but the manifestation of that internal combustion. This central heat radiates its warmth to all parts of the system by means of a triple channel, or through its “Rays of Approach” which in their totality express to us the idea of “the heat of the sun.”

1. The akasha, itself vitalized matter, or substance animated by latent heat.
2. Electricity, substance of one polarity, and energized by one of the three aspects logoic. To express it more occultly, substance showing forth, the quality of the cosmic Lord Whose energy it is.
3. Light Rays of pranic aspect, some of which are being now recognized by the modern scientist. They are but aspects of the latent heat of the sun as it approaches the Earth by a particular line of least resistance.

When the term “channel or ray of approach” is used, it means approach from the center of solar radiation to the periphery. What is encountered during that approach – such as planetary bodies, for instance – will be affected by the akashic current, the electrical current, or the pranic current in some way, but all of these currents are only the internal fires of the system when viewed from some other point in universal, though not solar, space. It is, therefore, obvious that this matter of fire is as complex as that of the rays. The internal fires of the solar system become external and radiatory when considered from the standpoint of a planet, while the internal fires of the planet will affect a human being as radiation in exactly the same way as the pranic emanations of his etheric body affect another physical body as radiatory. The point to be grasped in all these [60] aspects is that one and all have to do with matter or substance, and not with mind or Spirit.

b. The Planet. Deep in the heart of the planet – such a planet as the Earth, for instance – are the internal fires that occupy the central sphere, or the caverns which – filled with incandescent burning – make life upon the globe possible at all. The internal fires of the moon are practically burnt out, and, therefore, she does not shine save through reflection, having no inner fire to blend and merge with light external. These inner fires of the earth can be seen functioning, as in the sun, through three main channels:

1. Productive substance, or the matter of the planet vitalized by heat. This heat and matter together act as the mother of all that germinates, and as the protector of all that dwells therein and thereon. This corresponds to the akasha, the active vitalized matter of the solar system, that nourishes all as does a mother.
2. Electrical fluid, a fluid which is latent in the planet though as yet but little recognized. It is perhaps better expressed by the term “animal magnetism.” It is the distinctive quality of the atmosphere of a planet, or its electrical ring-pass-not. It is the opposite pole to the solar electrical fluid, and the contact of the two and their correct manipulation is the aim – perhaps unrealized – of all scientific endeavor at this time.
3. That emanation of the planet which we might term Planetary Prana. It is that which is referred to when one speaks of the health-giving qualities of Mother Nature, and which is back of the cry of the modern physician, when he wisely says “Back to the Earth.” It is the fluidic emanation of this prana which acts upon the physical body, though in this case not via the etheric body. It is [61] absorbed through the skin purely and the pores are its line of least resistance. TCF.

The Tendency to Vital [Incredible] Speed

“The magnetic pull of that which is desired is modified on our planet by the personality ray of our particular planetary Logos. This is the Ray of Active Intelligence, and of selective Adaptability. Just as every cell and atom in the human body is modified and conditioned by the egoic ray and the ray of each of the inner bodies, so every cell and atom in the body of the planetary Logos is conditioned and modified by His outstanding ray influence, in this case, His personality ray. In this conditioning influence is found a clue to the distress and agony and pain in the world today. The planetary Logos of our Earth is primarily conditioned by a cosmic ray, to be sure, but not by His egoic ray. Perhaps in this condition may be found the reason (or one of the reasons) why our Earth is not one of the seven sacred planets. On this I need not enlarge, but it was necessary to call attention to this great determining factor, the third ray, which is the personality ray of our planetary Logos.

This ray brings in the factor of discrimination through mental activity, and this, in its turn, balances the so-called love nature, and it is in truth the cause of our evolutionary growth. The life in forms passes through discriminative and selective activity from one experience to another in an ever widening scale of contacts. It is this Ray of Intelligent Activity which dominates man at this time. Human beings are largely centered in their personalities; they are “egocentric,” in the terminology of the psychologist, which recognizes the integrating principle of the ego (in many cases) but does not yet recognize the over-shadowing ego or soul, except under such a vague term as “the superconscious.” We have therefore a humanity engrossed by a tremendous activity and demonstrating everywhere a vital discriminating and intellectual interest in all types of phenomena. This tendency to be active will go on increasing and intensifying until the Aryan race will merge into the coming major root-race, for which we have as yet no name, though we recognize that in that race the intellect will serve the intuition. Human activity is now regarded as having reached an incredible speed and intensity of vibration, yet from the angle of the world Knowers it is only just beginning to express itself, and is relatively feeble as yet. The growth of the tendency to vital speed can be noted if history is studied, and the pace at which man now lives, and the complexity and the many dynamic interests of his life, may be compared with those of the average man two hundred years ago. The last twenty-five years of man’s history have shown a tremendous speeding up as compared with conditions fifty years ago.

The reason for this increase of intelligent activity and rapidity of response and contact is to be found in the subjective fact that humanity is with great speed integrating the three aspects of human nature into a unity, called personality. Men are steadily becoming personalities, and unifying into one expression their physical, emotional and mental aspects; hence they are more able to respond to the ray of the integrated personality of the One in Whom they live, and move, and have their being.” EP1 338/9.

“The seven rays of the sun will expand at the final pralaya into seven suns and absorb the material of the whole universe.” (S.D. Vol. II, 647)

Cosmic Pralaya is for things visible, not for the Arupa, formless, world. The Cosmic or Universal Pralaya comes only at the end of one hundred years of Brahma; when the Universal dissolution is said to take place. Then the Avyaya, say the exoteric scriptures, the eternal life symbolized by Vishnu, assuming the character of Rudra, the Destroyer, enters into the Seven Rays of the Sun and drinks up all the waters of the Universe. “Thus fed, the seven solar Rays dilate to seven Suns and set fire to the whole Cosmos. . . . .” SD2 69.

At present, the shorter or higher degree of the radioactive spectrum identified by astronomers is that of the gamma ray frequency. This high frequency burst is the destructive explosion of the physical sun as a result of the dilation into ‘seven suns’ “Temporarily, and just prior to destruction” of the physical sun or star… “associated with supernova explosions — powerful detonations at the ends of the lives of massive stars”. 

Noted is the fact of the ‘temporary prior to destruction’ period of the rapidly rotating star, amounting to a momentary period of a ‘couple of seconds’ up to a couple of days or so and the period of the scientifically recognised c1967 gamma ray explosion of electromagnetic radiation. This is followed by a longer afterglow effect at longer wavelengths of X-ray, ultraviolet, optical, infra red, microwave and radio recognised c1995. The black hole ‘jets’ are the detected gamma ray ejections. The is parallel to the exterior/interior dilation of the seven rays.

Exoteric and esoteric science is in agreement on the very short period of time at the end of the life of a physical sun, with occult science explaining the temporary and short period prior to the actual physical destruction as planal life absorption via the seven suns. 

The star upon collapsing and end of nuclear fusion, the matter is withdrawn into the force center/zero point or black hole due to the ultra powerful gravitational attraction of the singularity known as the point of highest denseness or compression of all matter into the black hole. The term singularity is scientifically indicative of the occult term the ‘zero point’ or ‘laya centre’. 

In the case of the neutron stars or posts explosion and ultra dense/gravitational high revolution tiny star it is here theorised that the the residual material of this star type is unabsorbed material in pralaya analogous to a planet in pralaya though still at a distant time may be fully absorbed into a zero point or black hole. The ‘exotic’ atomic and sub atomic particles, quark, quantum and ‘strange’ matter, including all the atomic matter of the solar system and scheme, have “individualised” according to the Tibetan DK. JPC.

A Treatise on Cosmic Fire – Section Two – Division D – Thought Elementals and Fire Elementals 

(5) The Great Pralaya

This interval comes at the close of every one hundred years of Brahma, and sweeps into dissolution forms of every kind – subtle and dense – throughout the entire system. It is a period analogous to that dealt with when we considered the abstraction of man from his etheric vehicle, and his ability then to function on the astral plane, dissociated from his dual physical form. Within the system a process similar to that undergone when man withdraws the etheric body out of the dense physical vehicle, will be seen towards the close of the mahamanvantara. It will cover the period wherein the lesser four Rays merge and blend, seeking duality, and their polar opposites. Eventually the four become two, the two become one, and all are then synthesized into the third major Ray. The time is not yet, but lies countless aeons ahead. It is the first appearance of the destroyer aspect in connection with the planetary schemes, and marks the beginning of the time when the “Heavens will melt with fervent heat,” and the Sun becomes seven suns. (See S. D., II, 746, 747.)

The microcosmic correspondence can be seen in the following process. The physical permanent atom absorbs the entire life force of the physical body, and its inherent heat and light is thereby increased until at the fourth initiation the seven spirillae are fully vitalized, and vibrant. The internal heat of the atom, plus the external heat of the egoic body wherein it has its place, produces then that which destroys the permanent atom. Temporarily, and just prior to destruction, it becomes a tiny sevenfold sun owing to the radiation and activity of the spirillae. So with the physical sun of the system; it will in a similar manner become seven suns, when it has absorbed the life essence of the fully evolved planes, and of the planetary schemes thereon. The ensuing conflagration is the final work of the Destroyer aspect. It marks the moment of the highest development of deva substance in the system, the consummation of the work of Agni and his fire angels, and the initiation of Brahma. Atomic substance will then individualize (which, as we know, is the goal for the atom) and after the great pralaya the next solar system will start with the threefold Spirit manifesting through substance which is essentially distinguished by active intelligent love. This is necessarily incomprehensible to our fourth round minds. TCF 741.

From Fohat to light

STANZA III. — Continued.

12. THEN SVABHAVAT SENDS FOHAT TO HARDEN THE ATOMS. EACH (of these) IS A PART OF THE WEB (Universe). REFLECTING THE “SELF-EXISTENT LORD” (Primeval Light) LIKE A MIRROR, EACH BECOMES IN TURN A WORLD…

“Fohat hardens the atoms”; i.e., by infusing energy into them: he scatters the atoms or primordial matter. “He scatters himself while scattering matter into atoms” (MSS. Commentaries.) SD1 85. HPB.

“Fohat hardens and scatters the seven brothers” (Book III. Dzyan); which means that the primordial Electric Entity — for the Eastern Occultists insist that Electricity is an Entity — electrifies into life, and separates primordial stuff or pre-genetic matter into atoms, themselves the source of all life and consciousness. “There exists an universal agent unique of all forms and of life, that is called Od,** Ob, and Aour, active and passive, positive and negative, like day and night: it is the first light in Creation”. SD1 76. HPB.

Using our imagination and intuition, it does not perhaps stretch the boundaries to far, for us to ponder on these passages from the Secret Doctrine. Here we are told again that each atom so hardened or densified i.e. materialised in time and space, will in turn become a world or planet, for every atom will become a man, and man a planet, as far as the consciousnesses cohering the physical vehicle is concerned.

Each atom or planet, so hardened, is Reflecting the “SELF-EXISTENT LORD”, like a Mirror. An analogy between a black hole radiating or reflecting itself in matter as light hardened or densified, is worth a thought. An actual black hole or laya centre appears black to human exoteric investigation, though is light esoterically viewed. This is told by HPB and AAB. Even current cosmology now holds that the first thing appearing at the big bang, or beginning of the universe, was Light. Light, prior to its physical plane manifestation.

We are considering lights first appearance, from the darkness, only 380,000 years after the creation or big bang. Plasma is both positive and negative, active and passive, and therefore neutral though able to electrify into life, all atoms “by infusing energy into them”.

The Secret Doctrine of HPB and DK, explains occultly the truly scientific understanding of creation. Fohat is closely connected with plasma, the fourth state of matter, scientifically understood. Occultly, at the same level, it is the fourth ether and pre gaseous, and described in TCF as ‘matter’. Exoterically, it is also pre gaseous.  The correspondence is here noted. JPC. 9 December 2013.

Fohat and the Seven Rays

Monadic Consciousness 1

“Monadic consciousness, whatever that may be.” RI 439.

JC: Here DK concedes that the term “monadic consciousness” proves difficult for our understanding to conceive of in its true scope. He also states ‘whatever that may be? There are many levels of a Monadic consciousness and He probably has not had direct experience of the higher level of the Chohanic for instance though he can theoretically estimate, study and expound from the achieved stand point of the buddhic and atmic planes.

It is certainly not consciousness as understood by the average human intellect. It is frequently described as `not consciousness’ within the boundaries of human understanding. However, the man is the Monad and in this we are not dealing with average man. The consciousness of the Monad is not the consciousness of “substance in its form-making capacity” i.e. the result of the Soul or of the lower sheaths.

“At the fifth Initiation he ascends with the Heavenly Man on to the fifth plane (from the human standpoint), the atmic, and at the sixth he has dominated the second cosmic ether and has monadic consciousness and continuity of function. At the seventh Initiation he dominates the entire sphere of matter contained in the lowest cosmic plane, escapes from all etheric contact, and functions on the cosmic astral plane.” TCF 121.

“When the adept enters through the “luminous door” he has before him four very peculiar and esoteric IDENTIFICATIONS. This entrance takes place after he has passed the fifth Initiation and has demonstrated his fitness so to do through a long period of service in connection with our planetary evolution. These identifications eventually bring about within the jewel, which is essentially the true spiritual unit, a momentous happening, and are undergone within the monadic consciousness after the transcendence of the atmic sheath.” TCF 1246.

JC: We can see that “a momentous happening” takes place within the monadic consciousness of the Jewel, after the fifth initiation and might be an indication of the sixth initiation when transcended from the atmic to the Monadic plane occurs.

“The Master will have flashes of Monadic consciousness, but he will be working in the Triad.”

“M: Then there really isn’t Monadic consciousness?
AAB: We use the word because we have no other word.” AAB Letters.

Monadic Consciousness 2

“This threefold process under these three constellations produces finally the identification with that which is perceived to be the divine essence, underlying form. This identification with that which, is the subjective and real Self and the consequent withdrawing from that which is the not-Self is the keynote of the fourth initiation.” EA 496.

JC: “Identification” is the noun used by DK to determine a specific point of recognition or direct method of knowing that which is to be known in order for correct recognition of goal and direction to be realised and taken. It is definitive in purpose, resulting in “simultaneous perception and interpretation” with contemporary psychology’s closest description being `affinity’ and that of chemistry’s being “a measure of the likelihood of a chemical reaction taking place between two substances.”

“You get a clue here to the teaching which I have oft given to you, that the higher processes of spiritual unfoldment must consciously give way to a much higher phase of perception, for which we have, as yet, no word. In relation to consciousness, we speak constantly of initiation; in relation to this new process of simultaneous perception and interpretation, we employ the rather vague word “identification:” DINA2 304.

JC: DK tells us that actually we have not yet the correct word for describing “identification” or monadic consciousness. We will have to persist with these that we have though. The work consciousness id employed with Initiation and when the higher phase of those stages are reached “simultaneous perception and interpretation” are considered and thus the word “identification” is employed. Identification is a process of synthetic apprehension. 

Monadic Consciousness 3

“You will note how frequently I am using the word identification in my various instructions. The reason is that it connotes the goal held before all disciples who are being trained for certain major expansions of consciousness. I seek to have your help and this you know. Clarity of definition releases the vision and clarity in word and language is a symbol of this release (from vision) into identification. Ponder on this. It is this clarity, resulting in occult certainty and not in mystical belief, that I seek for you and hence my reference to the glamor of the vision. It (the vision) evokes its own aura and its own atmosphere, and the disciple must penetrate through this to reality.” DINA1 648.

“In relation to consciousness, we speak constantly of initiation; in relation to this new process of simultaneous perception and interpretation, we employ the rather vague word “identification:” DINA2 403.

JPC: “Identification” is a “vague” word but even so DK differentiates between it and consciousness at the stages of Initiation. Initiation is the releasing of the soul and thus the human brain awareness from the not self and uniting consciousness with the divine mind of god. It is entering the state of consciousness [identification, “a higher phase of perception”] of the monad and between these two states, or definitions, lays a distinction in the correct understanding of “consciousness” mystically or occultly understood.

This process of “simultaneous perception and interpretation” involves the faculty of becoming aware of something [divine] and the faculty of correct interpretation of that something within one simultaneous synthetic moment.

We are seeking ‘release from vision into identification’. Release from vision has connotation with the mystical experience. This is far from the experience of the monad for there is no duality of consciousness [from which we seek release] involved between the disciple and the Monad. Spirit and matter are in expression yet the inner experience is increasingly synthesised and ‘identified’ as ONE. DK tags Identification as ‘reality’.

Thus all else is unreal and glamour, and DK here indicates this ‘vision’ as evoking its own peculiar aura and atmosphere that must be penetrated through and beyond. “Clarity of definition” is a method by which we are enabled to release ourselves from glamour and the mystical vision into monadic identification. Also, a seemingly important statement from the Tibetan is “clarity in word and language is a symbol of this release (from vision) into identification”.

It might be thought or suggested that the study of DK’ words and teaching on this subject [and others] greatly enables our progression towards “the goal” more than any other just insofar as we keep to his words, their meaning and clarity of definition.

Real Love and the Lessening of the Personality

“Where, however, real love exists, it will produce the lessening of the personality will, the evocation of the sacrificial egoic will, and a constantly growing capacity to identify the group with the will or purpose of the Monad. The progress of the group is, therefore, from one burning ground to another – each burning ground being colder and clearer than the preceding one but producing sequentially the burning fire, the clear cold lighted fire, and the consuming divine fire” RI 33.

Some questions we ask ourselves are, what is our group, what did the burning ground mean to us, what do we perceive as the clear cold light if at all, What do we understand as the group heat and energetic moving out into the cold and new tension?

Further to this consideration of love and pure reason DK discusses this as presupposing ‘purpose and action’ as love is the underlying motive for creation. That which underlies at some stage and it is this stage that DK here discusses is preliminary in “the group-life task of the incarnating Monad there comes a time when motive (heart and soul) becomes spiritually obsolete”. What is spiritually obsolete and why? In the life of the Monad this is necessary in the unfoldment of the higher monadic Will which overlies or is the higher purpose that the group is revealing or developing. It is the new tension and way to life more abundantly.

DK discusses “not specifically through the soul” he also discusses the group individuality or individual group will of humanity as an entity being burned up and that it is this that will disappear in subordination to the higher Will of the Monadic Purpose. At some stage it is soul that will be burned up as in the fourth Initiation and the human entity will also due to the spiritual Will of the group Monad have its soul which is hierarchy bypassed, and the Will of shamballa will flow unimpeded, by hierarchy, directly into humanity as a world group. Thus the love or soul centre is “not specifically” utilized and it is the group antahkarana that becomes a Direct channel from the Monad to the lower personality.

At the stage prior to the causal destruction the love aspect of the soul is that of sacrifice to the higher will of the Monad demonstrated in the personality as did Jesus Christ in his journey through Initiations and of the destruction of the personality self Will. Thus relating the personality to the higher sacrificial petals of the soul and of these to the Buddhic aspect of the spiritual triad and all to the Spiritual Will of the Monad in its three aspects of Will/Purpose.

The closed door of Initiation sequentially opens and closes through the revelation of each Initiation into the higher way of spiritual evolution. It is this higher way, in contrast to the lower way of human evolution, that the Initiate is treading. A ‘spiritual tension’ is being spoken of that in no way has any bearing to human physical tension. It is good that we are gaining much from these studies as they evoke our higher attention and directs us away from the lower personality identifications. Our continued study of these teachings will enable our steadfast progress and grounding for all future work. No time is lost as we avail ourselves of this stupendous work. 8/7/13. JPC.

Specific Gravity and Size of the Causal Body‏

Another series of files in the records give – under a different formula – information as to what is esoterically called “the heat content” of any unit, “the radiating light” of any form, and the “magnetic force” of every life. It is through this knowledge that the Lipikas control the bringing in, and the passing out, of every Life, divine, superhuman, solar and human, and it is through a consideration of that formula which is the basic formula for a solar system that the physical plane appearance of a solar Logos is controlled, and the length of a cosmic pralaya settled. We must not forget that the Lipika Lords of the solar system have Their cosmic prototypes, and that These have Their feeble and groping human reflections in the great astronomical scientists who endeavor to ascertain facts anent the heavenly bodies, being subconsciously aware of the existence of these cosmic formulas conveying information as to the specific gravity, constitution, radiation, magnetic pull, heat and light of any sun, solar system, or constellation. Many of them in future and remote ages will pass to a full comprehension, and will have the formulas committed to their care, thus joining the ranks of the Lipikas. It is a peculiar line, requiring cycles of careful training in divine mathematics. TCF 1142.

Occult meditation and the definite commencement of the work of liberating the individual from the periphery of the causal body can only be begun when a certain point in evolution has been attained, and when (through its content) the causal body is of a certain specific gravity, and when the circumference of that body measures up to certain requirements. The whole process is one of Law and not, as is so oft considered, one purely of aspiration and lofty desire. Consider wisely this sentence I have just written upon the karmic condition of the threefold man and his place on the ladder of evolution. What have I specified? Three factors for your consideration: [23]
* The point in evolution.
* The specific gravity of the causal body.
* The size and circumference of the causal body. LOM 22/3.

JPC: DK references to the ‘specific gravity and size’ and even circumference of a human causal body or soul. This is reference to its density and relative weight as measured against another reference substance. I posit that a reference substance would or could be a certain gas. Human science uses air, a composition of Oxygen, Nitrogen, carbon dioxide, Argon and a number of other gases. It could be identified as a compound or composition of gases of the planet. The specific gravity or density of other gases are measured by the SG or air.

The SG of the causal body could be measured relative to air, a composite gas, or the SG of the ether, the etheric plane which must have a specific gravity of its own as must the astral, mental planes/vehicles. The size/circumference of the etheric body is given by DK as of a few inches encompassing the physical body in average man and around twelve inches of the Initiate.

DK is considering here the size of the causal body which is a different matter entirely. Simply put, the specific gravity of the causal body would be much lighter than that of gas/air or of ether and would float or rise “I will arise and go to my Father” accordingly due to its lesser density and relative weight to that of its relative reference substance. We recall that the causal body is of substance and form accordingly to the higher planes.

DK speaks of the lessening grip of the lower self or personality and the growing and expanding of the egoic lotus [“liberating the individual from the periphery of the causal body”] thus the specific gravity of the lotus relative to the hold and gravity of the etheric, astral and mental man must be considered. At a certain point, according to Law and refinement of the causal body, it will rise in full display, content and radiation at the third Initiation because the reduced karmic gravity or specific gravity and weight of the individual karmic mass and attractive pull of the three permanent atoms no longer holds the specific gravity of the causal body [theoretically speaking]  within the aura of the man. When speaking of the individual we here speak of the three permanent atoms. 27-28/4/2014

“The permanent atoms are enclosed within the periphery of the causal body, yet that relatively permanent body is built and enlarged, expanded and wrought into a central receiving and transmitting station (using inadequate words to convey an occult idea) by the direct action of the centers, and of the centers above all. Just as it was spiritual force, or the will aspect, that built the solar system, so it is the same force in the man that builds the causal body.” TCF 179.

Mind / Consciousness / The Angel

The Lords of the flame employed three methods outlined below. according to AAB/DK. The mental unit developed pre solar angels via instinct, aspiration and a gathering momentum to strive for betterment. It was thus a germ to be vivified and stimulated by the angels over much time. They also ‘fostered’ the latent germ of mind until it flowered forth itself. Each solar angel is responsible for one human unit building and unfolding their egoic lotus.

Each human also has a guardian angel we must recall. Between incarnations the lower persona ceases to exist and the solar angel is engaged with its own work elsewhere. Supervision of a lower man is then redundant. However it will continue to be responsible for the egoic lotus. There are three egoic groups of course, first, second and third ray units. Below DK tells us that they came in from various sources but that speculation is not needed or verifiable. “three major monadic types came into being, either from the moon chain or during the Lemurian stage of individualization and that these three determine much that is transpiring today”… “from earlier cycles and from other planetary systems”.

We should note though that the three ray types come into the three main solar systems third rays first SS second second SS with retardant third ray egos and the next first ray system will be first ray egos however there were a few first ray egos in the first or slightly after and some now with most next system. The three waves in that respect might be seen but is not absolute. DK also speaks of three waves of units of inertia, sattva and mobility or ray types but says it is wise to “refrain from dogmatic assertion”. JPC.

The mental is not a septenary permanent atom, but only responds to four types of force, and not to the entire range of vibrations. Herein lies a reason for tolerance. Until a man is coming consciously under the control of the Ego and is beginning to sense the vibration of the manasic permanent atom, it is useless to expect him to respond to certain ideals, or to grasp certain aspects of truth. The mental unit suffices for his need, and no bridge exists between it and the manasic permanent atom. TCF 530.

Thence to the mental unit, which has appeared upon the fourth subplane through innate instinct approximating mentality. TCF 509.

By the gradual stimulation of the mental faculty in animal man, and the steady vitalization of the latent germ of mind until it flowered forth as manifested mind. TWM 378.

* A third factor differentiating the groups of human units who reached self-consciousness on our planet is hidden in the methods employed by the Lords of the Flame at that time. They, we are told, employed three methods.

* First, They themselves took bodies and thus energized certain of the higher forms of the animal kingdom, so that they appeared as man, and thus initiated a particular group. Their descendants can be seen in the highest specimens of the earth humanity now on earth. They are not even now, however, as far advanced as the groups of units from the moon chain who came in in Atlantean days. Their heredity is peculiar.
* They implanted a germ of mind in the secondary group of animal-men who were ready for individualization. This group, for a long time, was unable to express itself, and was most carefully nurtured by the Lords of Flame, nearly proving a failure. By the time, however, that the last subrace of the Lemurian root race was at its height it suddenly came into the forefront of the then civilization, and justified hierarchical effort.
* Thirdly, They fostered the germ of instinct in certain groups of animal-men until it flowered into mind. It must never be forgotten that men have within themselves (apart from any extraneous fostering) the ability to arrive, and to achieve full self-consciousness.

These three methods bring us to the fourth factor which must be remembered, that of the three modes of motion which powerfully affect the incarnating jivas.

The Sons of Mind are distinguished by the three qualities of matter as has been earlier brought out, and they have been generically called:

1. The Sons of sattvic rhythm,
2. The Sons of mobility,
3. The Sons of inertia.

These qualities are the characteristics of the three major Rays, and of the three Persons of the Godhead; they are the qualities of consciousness – material, intelligent, and divine. They are the predominating characteristics of the chains of which our earth is one. TCF 1147.

Distinguish between the three main streams of energy – the units of inertia, mobility and rhythm – and note the key of each unit, and its place in the great group of transitional points. These latter units are those who are on the crest of one of the three waves, and ready, therefore, to be transferred into a wave of a higher vibratory capacity. TCF 1145.

Certain statements have been made in occult books as to the length of time varying between incarnations. Such statements are in the main inaccurate, for they make no allowance for Ray difference, and permit of no calculations as to whether the human unit involved is a unit of inertia, a sattvic point, or a rajasic entity. No hard and fast rule can be laid down at this time for the general public, though such rules exist, and are governed by seven different formulas for the three main types. Within this sevenfold differentiation, exist many lesser, and the wise student refrains from dogmatic assertion on this most peculiar and difficult subject. The fringe of the matter has but been touched upon here. It should be remembered that in the earlier stages of incarnation, the unit is governed mainly by group appearance, and comes into incarnation with his group. TCF 1148.

Just how and why egos come into our planetary evolution from earlier cycles and from other planetary systems is a subject of the greatest interest, but it is of no real importance to the students of this Treatise. We shall not therefore consider it or deal with it. It is of a speculative nature and utterly past their possible corroboration or capacity to check. There is no standard of comparison nor can they judge by inference what is important. All that can be said is that the three major monadic types came into being, either from the moon chain or during the Lemurian stage of individualization and that these three determine much that is transpiring today. All that it is here possible to do is to give some information which may throw a light on the subject, and color our general thought, but which it is impossible either to check or accept except as being inferential or possible. All this can later be determined by the student when his knowledge and powers are greater than they are at present and adequate for that purpose. EP2 211.

All Souls are Identical with the Oversoul

Friends of the ageless wisdom. Here are some pertinent references indicating why ‘all souls are identical with the Oversoul’. Their study and contemplation has much to reveal to us all. Key basic points are, Brotherhood, nature, quality, key and note or tonal vibration, energetic resonance and astrology. Study of these will greatly elucidate our understanding of both ‘The Secret Doctrine’ and ‘A Treatise on Cosmic Fire’. Course 110.

“The occult student has to realize that forms are diverse and many, but that all souls are identical with the Oversoul. The complete knowledge of the nature, quality, key and note of one soul (whether of a chemical atom, a rose, a pearl, a man or an angel) would reveal all souls upon the ladder of evolution. And the process is the same for all: Recognition, the use of the sense organs, including the sixth sense, the mind, in appreciation of the form and its constituents; Concentration, an act of the will whereby the form is negated by the senses and the knower passes behind it to that which vibrates in tune with his own soul. Thus knowledge is arrived at, – knowledge of that which the form (or field of knowledge) is seeking to express, – its soul, key or quality.” LOS 92.

“A Treatise on Cosmic Fire – Introductory Postulates 

III. All souls are identical with the Oversoul.

1.  The Logos of the solar system is the Macrocosm. Man is the Microcosm.
2.  Soul is an aspect of every form of life from a Logos to an atom.
3.  This relationship between all souls and the Oversoul constitutes the basis for the scientific belief in Brotherhood. Brotherhood is a fact in nature, not an ideal.
4.  The Law of Correspondences will explain the details of this relationship. This Law of Correspondences or of Analogy is the interpretive law of the system, and explains God to man.
5.  Just as God is the Macrocosm for all the kingdoms in Nature, so man is the Macrocosm for all the subhuman kingdoms.
6.  The goal for the evolution of the atom is self-consciousness as exemplified in the human kingdom.
The goal for the evolution of man is group consciousness, as exemplified by a planetary Logos.
The goal for the planetary Logos is God consciousness, as exemplified by the solar Logos.
7.  The solar Logos is the sumtotal of all the states of consciousness within the solar system.” TCF 9.

“The total lack of a wider consciousness than the individual and the personal, acts as a bar to the true comprehension of things macrocosmic, but if the occult method is adhered to, if the Law of Correspondences is studied, and if we ever reason upward from the microcosm to the greater Whole, then glimpses will be caught of vast realms of realization and vistas of spiritual unfoldment will open up before us, undreamed of hitherto.” TCF contents. 

Elucidation of Spiritual Laws an Principles

The DINA letters give very close and accurate accounts of successful discipleship work, and of the not so successful activities of disciples.

He was very clear on this because there is a correct way and an incorrect way to proceed according to and acting on his the Tibetans advice already published. Of note also is the fact that Foster Bailey asked other “selected co-workers” to participate but they “declined” probably due to other ideas, all are free of course. We are better informed than uninformed.

In this occasion Roberto Assagioli in 1934 was asked to wait, probably until after WW2, and in 1949 he began his work which in the early 1950′ grew and in 1956 Florence Garrique also responded [to Foster Bailey] and to that call establishing in 1968 the Oja Meditation Mount after working with Roberto Assagioli between that time and with SES. In 1938 he was imprisoned by the Italian fascists for a month and was under Nazi secret police surveillance.

I will run briefly through these passages DINA II (Part XIV pp 231-239 purely for purposes of coverage and mutual consideration.

Discipleship in the New Age II – Teachings on Meditation – Part XIV

Part XIV

“In my last series of instructions I gave you a group meditation which was based upon the furthering of the work of the New Group of World Servers, as they sought to prepare humanity for the reappearance of the Christ. That preparatory work is the major incentive lying back of all that I do, and was the prime reason for the formation of the group in the early part of this century. Pioneers of this group appeared in the nineteenth century but the organization, as it now exists, is of relatively modern days. JC: DK speaks of the ‘the New Group of World Servers’ which is inclusive of the work of his ‘group of nine’ and also the later ‘new seed groups of 24’ of 1941 and disbanded in 1946, and the ‘ashram group’ with the teaching of group meditation.

In this instruction we will consider the relation of group meditation to the work of the New Group of World Servers, and the necessity of establishing in the world a united world group, given to unanimous and simultaneous meditation upon the work of preparing the world for the new order and for the jurisdiction of the Christ (if I may use such a phrase). JC: Here he refers to the suggestion of Roberto Assagioli and his work Psychosynthesis in embryo from 1909/11 until 1933 and the formation of his school in Florence, Italy and of a united and international group of meditators c1934 and meditated upon until 1949 the group for Creative Meditation beginning in the early 1950′.

It is necessary for you all to get a wider vision of the enterprise which this group has undertaken, or else the meditation work which you will do will hinder and not help. The task of the group of World Servers is not the spreading of esoteric or occult information. In preparing the world of [232] men for the reappearance of the Christ, the needs of all the many grades in the social order must be met; world groups of every description have to be contacted. JC: The contacting of world groups must be done and the strengthening of their hands and of the hands of men and women of goodwill. Much of the work to be done, therefore, will be purely economic and will concern the right feeding and the development of a true security for millions who – for many lives – will not be interested in matters esoteric. The reform of the churches of the many world religions is another aspect of the same work, requiring no occult information but the introduction of common sense and progressive ideas into theology, and the shift of the ecclesiastical emphasis from material values to the spiritual. JC: It is clear that common sense and progressive ideas are required and not occult information. It is the feeding and economic security of humanity that is of crucial importance. The political regimes of the world need orienting to each other; it has never been the divine plan that all nations and races should conform to some standard political ideology or be reduced to a uniform general form of government. Nations differ; they have different cultures and traditions; they can function adequately under varying and distinctive governments; nevertheless, they can at the same time attain a unity of purpose, based upon a genuine desire for the true welfare and progress of all men everywhere. JC: All political ideologies and persuasions can benefit from a contact and presentation of goodwill based on true welfare of the people everywhere. Their orientation towards each other is desirable.

In all these spheres of human thought and activity, the New Group of World Servers are playing a prominent part. At the very heart of that worldwide group are those who are in the Ashrams of the Masters – as are some of you – or on the periphery or within the sphere of influence of these Ashrams. Their task is largely a meditative one, carried on in order to influence the minds of those members of the group who are not yet in touch with any Ashram; they work thus from humanitarian, interested and basically ray reasons, and all such members are more or less under the control of their soul ray; this affects most definitely the varying fields of service. JC: The very heart of the NGWS is a meditative one usually of trained esotericists that can contact the outer group of NGWS in its relative degrees that in turn contact the many groups and ideologies that condition humanity. This is the process of occult group meditation and service. These are the areas of thought within the human family wherein the preparation for the coming of the Christ must be carried forward; but this activity is not, as a rule, associated with the esoteric angle or approach to truth but strictly with the angle of the betterment of human relationships. JC: Again it is the ‘betterment of human relations’ that is of paramount importance. It is this NGWS that make in its degrees it’s relative and factual influence. The Christ himself (two thousand years ago) tried to demonstrate this mode of helpful activity; he kept the esoteric teaching for the few, the very few, who could approach [233] understanding, but he dealt with the masses from the angle of common sense and physical plane helpfulness. Have this ever in mind. JC: We understand that the Christ kept his esoteric teachings for the few and spoke in parables to the many close ones and for the multitudes he demonstrated “common sense and physical plane helpfulness”.

I have been for some time seeking to impress upon you the eternal fact that the entire universe has been created and its evolution processed through the power of thought, which is only another word for controlled meditation. This covers the combined meditation of numerous subjective, spiritual and mental groups; the laws of this meditative work are the result of certain mental determinations, which embody the will of the planetary Logos and are imposed upon all lesser groups of lives by those whose task it is to wield the divine laws and enforce them. Freedom of the will is here to be noted in relation to the Time concept but not in relation to the final and inevitable divine results at the end of the immense world period. The major thought-form of the spiritual Hierarchy, created by joint ashramic meditation, is called by us the Plan. JC: Joint “ashramic meditation” creates the thought form of hierarchy called the Plan. The basic purpose of Sanat Kumara is revealed from cycle to cycle by his Agents in Shamballa, and is by them impressed upon the minds of the senior Members of the Hierarchy. They, in their turn, make this impression the subject of their ashramic meditation, adapting its various concepts and the outlined purpose to a most carefully formulated Plan, presenting – as far as humanity is concerned – seven aspects or phases of evolutionary development and endeavor, according to the work desired of any Ray Ashram implicated at any particular time. Each Ashram thus undertakes meditation upon the general Plan and thus (if you could but realize it) each initiate and disciple finds his place and sphere of activity and service – from the very highest initiate to the least important disciple. JC: The work involves the seven ray departments involving each disciple and Initiate accordingly.

You might here ask: What is the value of the meditation and contribution of a new disciple, unaccustomed to ashramic patterns of thought and unable to carry much weight in the general group meditation? That is a questioning worth answering and of great encouragement to the neophyte. The various grades and ranks of initiates and disciples are so constituted that the result of their meditation upon the Plan is that the many needs of the varying masses of humanity (from [234] those of the advanced intelligentsia down to those of the unskilled laborer) can be adequately met and the great mass of men swung accurately into line with evolutionary purpose. JC: The united meditation of all ranks of Initiates and disciples contact the mass of humanity according to their various degrees thus each server in focussed meditation on the plan contacts the relative groups and sections of humanity they are able to serve in thoughtform materialisation. This is the basic way in which hierarchy works from the highly intelligent to the lower ranks thus all are served.

=====================================================================
Alice Bailey & Djwhal Khul – Discipleship in the New Age II – Teachings on Mediation – Part XIV
=====================================================================

Discipleship in the New Age II – Teachings on Meditation – Part XIV

Have you ever stopped to think that the meditation of a Master upon the Plan of which he is custodian, and his formulation of what he can do along the line of effective cooperation, is of no service or usefulness to the illiterate inhabitants of our great cities and agricultural areas? The need of these unthinking masses must be met by disciples of less spiritual development, and probably their greatest appeal is through the application of economic help; the task of these lesser disciples is to prove to the ignorant masses that – as the centuries slip away – spiritual living and true spiritual understanding include every aspect of physical plane expression and not simply the religious or the philosophic modes of thought. The meditation, therefore, of every grade of disciple and initiate has its use, for by their meditation (carried forward on their own level) they can adapt the Plan to the widely differing masses and thus the hierarchical Plan can reach from the Masters of the Hierarchy, through the Ashrams to the New Group of World Servers, and thus to the whole of the human family. I would like you to grasp the true simplicity of this picture, if you can, for you can have a share also in this great meditative task. JC: The picture is one of simplicity of contact and effective work in planetary meditation on the plan of the many ranks within hierarchy.

One of the things which I set myself to achieve when I undertook this work of making the Plan clearer to the minds of men, and thus preparing the way for the Master of all the Masters, was to prove not only that the Plan was based upon planetary meditation but that, in its progress towards expression, it met the need of all possible groups and grades of human beings; and that – more important still – it could be proved that the word “spiritual” covered every phase of living experience. Ponder on this statement. That is spiritual which lies beyond the point of present achievement; it is that which embodies the vision and which urges the man on towards a goal higher than the one attained. JC: “Spiritual” relates man from one stage into another higher stage through inspiration of the higher to the lower in order for the lifting up to that which is higher. The ecclesiastics of the world have made a great line of demarcation between what is human and what is spiritual, between what is material and what is not; in so doing they have created sin and [235] greatly complicated human living and understanding. They have given a selfish import to human aspiration; they have not taught mankind that meditation and prayer were simply phases of cooperation with the divine Plan. Individualism was fostered and group understanding was lost. Maybe – owing to the work of the Brothers of Darkness – there was no way to avoid this dangerous sidetracking of human intent and truth. But the time has now come when the great rhythm of meditation, ranging from desire through prayer to worship, and from thence to meditation and invocation, can be imposed by men upon their own thinking. JC: There is of course a relative rise of contact from the basic prayer up to meditation and invocation.

This is the immediate task of the New Group of World Servers, cooperating everywhere with the men of goodwill; each member of the New Group has to ascertain for himself where he stands, where his meditative responsibility lies and in what field destiny indicates his service to the race of men must be found. This is no easy task, brother of mine. Men are frequently so spiritually ambitious and waste their time in doing that which is not their destined task because in so doing they satisfy their spiritual pride. JC: The satisfying of spiritual pride is often the goal of many servers who are spiritually ambitious and reach for things above their station and attempt things not truly for them. Spiritual ambition destroys the ability for effective group work and inclusive united international meditation.

You must learn to give a wider connotation to the word “meditation” than you have hitherto given. Concentrated thought is part of the planetary meditation; JC: So often indicated by DK the value of ‘concentrated thought’ in business and western mental work. planning with care for the helping of the needy and pursuing all avenues of thinking to make that plan useful and effective is meditation; JC: Planning and utilisation of effective care and thought for those in need is meditation. laying oneself open to spiritual impression and thus to cooperation with the Hierarchy is meditation; JC: Being open to spiritual impression and co-operation is meditation. in this enumeration of meditative possibilities I have not touched upon the major creative meditation which is responsible for the evolutionary process and the controlled moving forward of all the world of forms into greater glory and light. JC: DK indicates a number of levels of meditation that are today used by humanity and in so doing contact the plan and contact those areas of humanity they serve.

The work hitherto done in such occult groups as the Arcane School and others, as they teach meditation, has been nothing but the learning of a needed concentration. JC: We note the learning of that needed ‘concentration’ in thoughtform construction and of the non-requirement of spiritual ambition and the quest for power or knowledge or status that is not ours. Only in the meditation work of the fourth degree has some of the creative work become possible and that in its most elementary stages; yet the Arcane School leads the aspirants of the world in meditation of an occult nature, though not in any way a mystical nature. JC: Here we are definitely told by DK of the effectiveness of the occult work of the Arcane school and of the fourth degree work. Others there are today of course. The mystical type of meditation [236] is of ancient formulation and its use indicates the next step for the masses of men; the practice of mystical meditation is not that which should be followed by aspirants and disciples who seek to work in an Ashram in cooperation with the Plan and under the guidance of a Master. JC: DK gives good advise about the use of occult and the mystical use of meditation. Disciples must avoid the latter.

Meditation only becomes effective creatively and on all the three planes in the three worlds when the antahkarana is in process of construction. The worlds of the personality are the worlds of the third divine aspect and the creation of thought-form therein (as usually carried forward by the concrete mind) is related to form, to the acquisition of that which is desired and dedicated largely to the material values. But when a man is beginning to function as a soul-infused personality and is occupied with the task of rendering himself sensitive to the higher spiritual impression, then the creative work of the Spiritual Triad can be developed and a higher form of creative meditation can be employed. It is a form which each person has to find and discover for himself, because it must be the expression of his own spiritual understanding, initiated by a conscious construction or creation of the antahkarana and subject to impression from the Ashram with which he may be affiliated. JC: The values and advise of the construction of the antahkarana from the personality to the soul and from thence to the spiritual triad is considered and thus the relative degrees of meditation are covered.

=====================================================================
Alice Bailey & Djwhal Khul – Discipleship in the New Age II – Teachings on Mediation – Part XIV
=====================================================================

Discipleship in the New Age II – Teachings on Meditation – Part XIV

Earlier in this instruction I used the words: “An united world group given to unanimous and simultaneous meditation… for the jurisdiction of the Christ.” JC: We note the words United world group for meditation that will enable the jurisdiction and coming of the Christ to the world of men. I particularly want to call your attention to this last phrase which introduces a new concept into the preparatory work to be done by the New Group of World Servers. The task is, through meditation, to establish the knowledge of and the functioning of those laws and principles which will control the coming era, the new civilization and the future world culture. Until the foundation for the coming “jurisdiction” is at least laid, the Christ cannot reappear; if He came without this due preparation, much time, effort and spiritual energy would be lost. JC: I have at times alluded to the requirements that the disciples and humanity have to lay down for the world conditions to be right before the Christ can return. Therefore, we must assume (if these premises are accepted) that there must be organized – in the near future – a group of men and women in every country who, under due and proper organization, will “simultaneously and unanimously” meditate upon those juridical measures and those basic laws [237] upon which the rule of Christ will be founded and which are essentially the laws of the Kingdom of God, the fifth kingdom in the evolutionary and natural processes of planetary unfoldment. JC: ‘The loving rule of the Christ’ require basic laws and right human conditions for his return. Often these are here covered. The simultaneous and united meditation around the world will prepare men and women for such a return if those so meditating are prepared and trained in the right measure and understanding of that which they call for.

So much has been discussed in relation to these laws from the mystical and strictly Christian angle that the terms used are essentially meaningless; the whole subject requires revitalizing; it needs to be endowed with a fresh and new presentation and a new terminology, more suited to the growing mental grasp of the scientific and modern mind. There has been endless talk about Brotherhood and the establishing of the principle that we are all the children of God, and this has done little to change men’s approach to each other and to the shared human problems. JC: Here we distinguish between the Christian or religious mystical meditation by the masses and by those disciples of the occult meditation of the esotericist aiming to contact those lesser disciples. These whole concepts have need of revitalisation according to DK in that a newer terminology has to be emphasised by the NGWS.

The New Group of World Servers will talk in other terms and their emphasis will be upon:

1. The Law of Right Human Relations.
2. The Principle of Goodwill.
3. The Law of Group Endeavor.
4. The Principle of Unanimity.
5. The Law of Spiritual Approach.
6. The Principle of Essential Divinity.

If you will study the many books which I have written, you will discover that they have been basically occupied with the rules which govern the ability to do group work – which is the work to which the Hierarchy is eternally committed. I have given you the Rules for Disciples in A Treatise on White Magic, the Rules for Aspirants in Initiation, Human and Solar, the Rules for Disciples and Initiates in A Treatise on the Seven Rays, Volume V. In other volumes you will find the Rules for Group Work; all these rules are, in essence, modes of conduct which, when imposed upon, impressed upon and followed up by an aspirant, will enable him to reach an understanding of spiritual law and of the nature of the Kingdom of God. All these are preparatory to the establishing of the new dispensation on Earth. JC: DK speaks of a “new dispensation on Earth” via the NGWS and their non occult terminology that carries effective and powerful meaning and energies of inspiration and vitalisation of higher occult principles.

I would also call your attention to the words “unanimous [238] and simultaneous” meditation; they are not idly chosen. A situation which is unanimous is not one which is – from the spiritual angle – imposed. It is in the nature of a spontaneous mutual reaction – a reaction which is evoked by the immediate response of a soul, in touch with its personality, to a spiritual truth or intuition, and from this there is no lower mind escape. JC: In “unanimous and simultaneous” meditation, we are almost approaching spiritual Identification with the same. In a letter on Monadic consciousness I explored a process of “simultaneous perception and interpretation” involves the faculty of becoming aware of something [divine] and the faculty of correct interpretation of that something within one simultaneous synthetic moment. The concept of unanimity which has been presented by Soviet Russia runs completely counter to the truth. JC: The totalitarian communist ideology is that of the dictator and a corrupt socialist concept involving no true unanimity or group conformity through understanding. Their idea is that the concept, the idea, the decision and the interpretation of a group of powerful men establishes the truth, and to this truth the docile masses render prompt allegiance. This is a basic misconception and to it no member of the New Group of World Servers will render homage; they will fight this imprisonment of the human soul to the last gasp. JC: DK makes clear that ‘no member’ of the NGWS will or would or should conform or accept the Soviet ideal, fighting that “imprisonment of the human soul” with all their being. True unanimity is free decision in response to a presentation of truth which is as near the achieved reality as possible. Therefore, it is in the enunciation of truth that security for all men lies. JC: It is truth and the revelation of truth presented to all men and all women that renders genuine security. Free decision to presented truth brings an occult unanimity by those that accept that truth. Hierarchy presents nothing that is not truth and expects no one to accept untruth. All that disregard truth are not part of an occult unanimity and all that present untruth are not part of hierarchy as DK understands it. The relation of occult security and truth is of considerable note. This necessarily involves a deeply spiritual presentation of essential facts. JC: DK recognises the “deeply spiritual presentation of essential facts” as being of supreme importance for the sake of the truth and of the security of people. The principle of simultaneity is allied to this, for a mutual recognition of an identical approach to truth renders inevitably activity in unison. JC: DK has presented in these short paragraphs some of the most profound and occult interpretations we and humanity might deeply consider. Groups acting in unison to presented hierarchical truths are truly responding in a “unanimous and simultaneous” way and in conformity to the united and concentrated meditation of hierarchy. Groups that diverge from the blue print are responding to spiritual ambition or glamour and present untruths that bring insecurity to those that contact it. To this no member of the NGWS should “render homage”.

The whole point, brother of mine, is that in both connections the incentive towards activity lies with the individual and there is no imposing authority. The only authority recognized is the truth as it emerges in the human consciousness, in any world or historical cycle. Today more truth is being recognized (and incidentally, repudiated) than at any other time in human history. JC: DK acknowledges that the many truths presented to humanity are at this time being recognised and that they are also being repudiated more than any other time. Men have attained the point in evolution where they are able to know the truth if and when presented, because the concrete human mind is now more highly responsive to abstract truth, and therefore to the next evolutionary presentation. JC: DK offers that today the concrete mind is able to distinguish more than ever between truth and falsity due to its greater responsiveness to the abstract mind. It is this that recognises truth and the “next evolutionary presentation” and at the same time rejects falsity. It is this which the Totalitarian Powers, the unconscious (and I mean that, brother of mine) agents of the Black Lodge are fighting; they will not win; in the long run they cannot, for the human spirit is eternally sound and sane. JC: Totalitarian powers are the unconscious agents of the Black Lodge and today fight for the presentation of falsity and stand against, using law and might, the “next evolutionary presentation” of truth as it impacts on the human consciousness via the new world order as presented by DK, or of that presented by other factions. As we might recognise this applies to truth’s great or small and in the many presentations offered by hierarchy and the Tibetan.

I would have you consider these suggestions with care and thus prepare yourselves for an elucidation of the spiritual [239] laws and principles, as themes for meditation. I herein present to you six themes for group meditation; this is essentially your next consideration if the “unanimous and simultaneous” meditation which can be immediately effective is organized and developed.” JC: We are asked here to consider the suggestions of the Tibetan Master and ponder the reality of “unanimous and simultaneous” meditation. DINA2 243.

One Absolute Reality

One Absolute Reality as discussed by Lord Tson-Kha-Pa. An expounding on his “Thatness” and what it means to the esotericist.

“Space and Time are one. Space and Time are nameless, for they are the incognizable THAT, which can be sensed only through its seven rays — which are the Seven Creations, the Seven Worlds, the Seven Laws,” etc., etc., etc. . . .” SD2 612. HPB.

VIII

“You who aspire to peerless philosophy,

Listen with reverence,

With the critical discrimination that realises,

The Thatness of the teaching!” Lord Tsong Khapa. Speech of Gold.

“I bow before the conquering Buddhas, Bodhisattvas and Arhats of all directions and at all times.” The Splendor of an Autumn Moon’. Lord Tson-Kha-Pa. c1400.

“That which lives and thinks in man and survives that frame, the masterpiece of evolution — is the “Eternal Pilgrim,” the Protean differentiation in space and time of the One Absolute “unknowable.” SD2 278.

1398 was known as the “Great Enlightenment”. Tson-kha-pa wrote “Praise of Relativity”

A wrongly viewed emptiness “destroys the weak intelligence”. “Whatever depends on conditions is empty of intrinsic [self] reality”. He goes on to say that the Buddhas teach two realities, the superficial shaping consciousness via language and the “Ultimate absolute” being profound and transcendental and sub standing all things, conflagration between these two miss the profound reality and principle and the very “Thatness” as understood by Tsong Kapa in the teachings of enlightenment.

Tsong Kapa says, ” I assign “thatness” in its use in the direct sense of “absolute reality”. Thatness means in context, truth, reality, principle and imminent absoluteness. This “Thatness” is then HPB’s “boundless immutable principle, one absolute reality”.

From an examination of his teachings found to be in accord with those of HPB. 2008. JPC.

“the ever-eternal nature, sexless and infinite “Aditi in THAT” (Rig Veda), the point in the disc, or potential Space within abstract Space.” SD1 4. Proem.

“Since there can be neither two INFINITES nor two ABSOLUTES in a Universe supposed to be Boundless, this Self-Existence can hardly be conceived of as creating personally. In the sense and perceptions of finite “Beings,” THAT is Non-“being,” in the sense that it is the one BE-NESS; for, in this ALL lies concealed its coeternal and coeval emanation or inherent radiation.” SD1 7 Proem.

“THAT, of which all things are made, the Lord by whom all things exist, He who is inconceivable, without beginning, the beginning of the universe.” SD1 372.

“I praise the perfect buddha, the supreme philosopher, who taught us relativity.” “I bow down to him who’s wisdom and insight make him un excelled as sage and teacher; the victor who realised (Ultimate truth), then taught it us as relativity!” Tsong Kapa, The Speech of Gold.

“Let us put aside such human conceptions as a personal God, and hold to the purely divine, to that which underlies all and everything in boundless Nature. It is called by its Sanskrit Esoteric name in the Vedas, TAT (or THAT), a term for the unknowable Rootless Root. If we do so, we may answer these seven questions of the Esoteric Catechism thus:

(1) Q.-What is the Eternal Absolute?
A.-THAT.
(2) Q.-How came Kosmos into being?
A.-Through THAT.
(3) Q.-How, or what will it be when it falls back into Pralaya?
A.-In THAT.
(4) Q.-Whence all the animate, and suppositionally, the “inanimate” nature?
A.-From THAT.
(5) Q.-What is the Substance and Essence of which the Universe is formed?
A.-THAT.
(6) Q.-Into what has it been and will be again and again resolved?
A.-Into THAT.
(7) Q.-Is THAT then both the instrumental and material cause of the Universe?
A.-What else is it or can it be than THAT?” SD3 144.

Aum Tat Sat Aum! HPB.

“Thus experience of relativity is most recommended in your teaching, and not that of absolute nothingness, nor that of intrinsic real existence” of the personal self. Tsong Kapa, The Speech of Gold.

Initiation and Differing Grades of Light

The world is in transformation as increasing numbers of Initiates make the grade and eventually the planet becomes occultly sacred via the planetary light bearer humanity. The third Initiation is named, amongst others as the ‘transfiguration’ [the fourth the great renunciation] as the personality becomes spiritualised and thus transfigured, egoically and also monadically speaking.

Some great points about the atomic light released upon fission may be considered. There is correspondence  as the light released from these two are relevant to different levels of consciousness i.e. from the soul of the mineral kingdom [and incidentally the spiritual forcing of this kingdom by humanity] and that of the human causal body and Monad. The scientific release of atomic energy in 1945 was according to DK the greatest spiritual event ever to take place for humanity, and there are numerous reasons for this.

Monadic light, is first released as the inner threefold tier permit the escape of the intense “blinding light” of the monad corresponding to Anupâdaka and the ‘plane of the flaming sun’.

The sharing and distribution of light from higher planes present opportunity for humanity to ‘absorb and progress’ and so share light and thus partake in the planetary forcing process of group initiation relative to their differing grades of light. JPC.

Teachings on Initiation 1

Discipleship in the New Age II – Teachings on Initiation – Part I

SECTION THREE

TEACHINGS ON INITIATION

Part I

Prior to profiting by more information and thus piling up increased responsibility, there is a vital need for the majority of aspirants and disciples to assume a different attitude towards the opportunity to prepare for initiation with which they are all faced. JC: Following will be brief response or repetition on certain points on this important subject of Initiation. Thus the work is covered and thought out. Firstly, a different attitude is required of the majority of aspirants and disciples. The more advanced among them are conscious of impending possibilities. The significance of the proffered training has made its just appeal. Others are so immersed in the tests and difficulties incidental to the clarification of the vision prior to the processes of initiation, that they have neither the time nor the strength to do more than live through the time of trial and, at the same time, to serve as best they can. JC: DK recognises the trials and effort needed to sustain the work and recognise the tests and trials and to continue to serve. Both the vision and their service suffer from their failure to develop that divine indifference which is the hallmark of the true initiate. Added to all this is the world situation with its inevitable all-enveloping psychic atmosphere, its attendant strains and its constant wearing anxiety, plus the hold which war sufferers have on all hearts and sympathies. JC: Again, world conditions at any time have their effects on disciples and their vision of forward progression and sometimes service suffers.Most aspirants and disciples believe that they are bearing enough and are tried to the limit of their capacity. This is not the case. The deeper sources of strength in them have not yet been evoked, and the tension under which they should act and live from day to day is only as yet a feeble one – it is not all-exacting. Ponder on this last phrase. JC: In reality though we are not tested or loaded to our greater capacity thus we are in reality expected to be able to cope with the work here spoken of. Is that the case? I think so.

The objective demands being made upon all disciples and therefore upon all of you, are not simply to enable you to live through the present period as successfully – emotionally, mentally and spiritually – as possible. JC: We are not simply enabled to live life in the outer three worlds with ease or even difficulty but more is required or even demanded though certainly expected of us.It goes far deeper than that, or should. Apart from the demands upon your spiritual resources (incident to the particular initiation which it is desired that you take) there is also the demand upon all [244] disciples to participate in the effort of humanity, as a whole, to take the first initiation with all the physical relinquishments, and the agony that ever precedes the birth of the Christ in the heart of the individual – only this time it is the hearts of all humanity. Preparatory to this first initiation, there has always to be – individually and now collectively for the first time – the denial of the lower self and the fervid acceptance by the personality of the loss of all the material factors which have held the soul a prisoner in the womb of time. JC: In one sense we see the vast and rapid growth in materialism which might even be seen as the battle against the White lodge aims to enable humanity as a whole to take the first initiation with the incident relinquishments and agony that goes with that.

Hence, my brothers, the wide extent of the material destruction to be seen on every hand, the depths of physical poverty into which all men have been and are being plunged, the detachment from the priority of things which is being enforced, and the necessity for rebuilding human life on sounder values than the physical. In all this disciples and initiates are today sharing and (when understanding is present and right orientation) the help which those can give who have already undergone the first initiation, is great. JC: From the view of hierarchy it seems that the majority or at least a great many will have taken the first initiation by lets think, the end of WW2. DK did suggest tht the release of the atomic bomb was a great spiritual event for humanity. To this you are called, and upon your understanding response to the collective need will depend the rapidity with which you will be enabled to achieve the next expansion of consciousness or initiation which may be, for you as an individual, possible. JC: Initiates are called to assist those many first degree initiates newly made. Our next step ahead is dependant on our recognition of the collective need of those babes in Christ. This in all probability we here are doing in our various ways. You have, therefore, to consider your individual response to the demands of your own soul and your collective response to the collective need. It is the initiate in you, the Christ in you, which is now called to this collective service and the radiation today of the Christ spirit, actively present in the hearts of all disciples is the one thing which can salvage mankind, enable humanity to move forward on – to the Path of Discipleship and thus evoke that new spirit which can and will build the new world. JC: Our collective response to the collective need of the worlds disciples is required as a collective service and radiation of the Christ spirit which will evoke and build the new world. Thus the responsibility is great and our progress is there dependant or at least its rapidity.

I would like to deal somewhat with the theme anent the attitude of the accepted disciple towards his Master and towards the general subject of initiation, and then consider the immediate steps ahead which the disciple must take, where he is and with what equipment he has. This is the first and necessary step. Disciples must clarify their position and must continue to learn from their Master, in spite of [245] the crises of initiation. Unless they act upon the proffered instruction and have confidence in his occult intention, all that the Master may say or do is of small usefulness. It serves only to increase grave responsibility with its attendant liabilities; knowledge and the pressure of spiritual energy become a danger if not used. This is a basic and important statement. JC: This is clear, any disciple that has contact with their Master at whatever time or period in their live has to act accordingly to his words and not act as either lose cannons or individual authorities either concentrating on themselves and their interpretations of inner work thus not becoming self consumed. The Master will work according to the guidelines outlined here and service radiation and recognition of humanity and its disciples and their activation and expansion into a fuller Christ radiation is required. This is in line with the guidelines for the occult schools and their work.

There are, my brothers, two major prerequisites which are needed by all of you in connection with group integration, and they follow upon what you have had earlier when I sought to help you to integrate with your brothers. I gave you, as you will recall, as part of your group meditation the following simple integrating formula:

“I am one with my group brothers, and all that I have is theirs.

May the love which is in my soul pour forth to them.

May the strength which is in me lift and aid them.

May the thoughts which my soul creates reach and encourage them.”

JC: Group integration is asked for so that group work can be accomplished.Love, strength and encouraging thoughts are important.

Of the two prerequisites to which I now allude as needed by all of you, one of them refers to your integration into my group of “practicing chelas,” and the other relates to your capacity to contact me at will – a thing as yet only permitted to three of you at this time, and this because they seldom avail themselves of the privilege. JC: Many initiates will not trouble their Master though some do so rarely and those that might just over do it are not permitted contact. Our first task is therefore to attend to these requirements which call for a right attitude on your part and the use of the first of the ancient formulas which it is my intention to give for deep consideration and eventual experimental use. Before I give this formula, however, I would like to deal with a question which is bound to arise in the minds of those of you who are senior in this group. JC: As we know, the first formula deals with group integration. We will move forwards to cover the formulas. This will refresh and evoke a right orientation in our work.

Teachings on Initiation 2

The question might be voiced thus: “If I am in preparation for the second or the third initiation, I must have been in a group of disciples – presumably the Tibetan’s – for some lives at least. Why then the need for an integrating formula?” Because, my chela, though you have been in a group of disciples prior to this, it was not my group but [246] the group of either the Master M. or the Master K.H. Owing to the fact of world urgency and the immensity of the work to be done by them and owing also to the fact that they are preparing to pass through one of the highest initiations, these two Masters have handed all but a few of their senior disciples to me and to two other of their initiate disciples, themselves Adepts or Masters. JC: World urgency and prep for the sixth Initiation demanded that would-be second and third degree initiates would move to the Tibetans ashram and the ashrams of two other Masters. A question comes to mind as DK told us that these higher initiates were asked to put off their taking of the sixth initiation due to world need and until a later date. They have also retained in their groups of disciples those who have started specific work under their direction in some previous life, and a few disciples who came into incarnation in this world period having the brain and the mind awakened to their relationship to these Masters. These conditions do not exist in this group in relation to me – the Master chosen to lead you forward. Yet (though you remember it not) all of you knew me well when working with the two Chohans, and hence the decision for you to work under my instruction and guidance. It has worked happily and with no delay so far. JC: Past association with DK has proved the key to working in his ashram under his guidance and instruction. We will take a look at the formulas and see what we are dealing with. As the Tibetan tells us, he was ‘chosen to lead us forwards’ under instruction and guidance.

Another reason for the use of this formula of integration by those who have had experience of group work is that there are some in the group who are as yet far from true integration, and the experience of the older chelas can be of inestimable help if they will thus to serve the group and me. Much of what I said in the earlier instructions (Vol. I) on the relation of chelas to their Master could well be applied here and with profit.

Discipleship in the New Age II – Teachings on Initiation – Part I

The Formulas

There are six ancient formulas or symbolic forms which are to be found in the archives for disciples. They concern the six fundamental prerequisites for initiation. JC: We a dealing with the prerequisites for initiation as formulated from the ancient archives. They will have been used for aeons by all initiates and are the pre-requirements that have to be undergone or comprehended as that which will reveal greater truth and life before the major initiations let us note. They are used prior to all the major initiations, and have therefore five significances or meanings which will become apparent only as each of these initiations is undergone. JC: They embody five meanings or significances and that which reveal the higher reality prior to one of the five major initiations. Here DK indicates the five major initiations just so we are clear and this excludes the first minor two initiations of the threshold. Many disciples today will be preparing for the third, fourth and fifth initiations and therefore these teachings are of major significance today. They are in the form sometimes of symbols and sometimes of words, and are amongst the oldest formulas in the world. JC: These ancient formulas are in the forms of symbols and words and it is these that convey the higher reality or seed prior to initiation. They have been used down the ages by all disciples and initiates of the Great White Lodge. They concern what are called “the six [247] relations.” JC: These seed symbols or words are six in number and concern a sixfold seed instruction on relations. There is then a significance to be accounted for in that prior to each major initiation the idea or nature of ‘relations’ is taught relating each step to higher reality or life. Each initiation is related or has relationship to the next higher initiation. Each stage marks expansion into greater life and is preceded by these formulations that make such relationship and expansion possible. Each of these relations must find expression in attitude, in service, and in some deeper expansion of consciousness, to which I may not refer but which must be self-ascertained. JC: We are addressing the finding of five expressions in attitude, service and deeper expansion in consciousness. These are self ascertained. It is essential that the would-be initiate discover for himself the esoteric, inner and subjective value of the formula under his consideration. Just one hint however in this latter connection I may give. JC: The esoteric, subjective and occult “value of the formula” must be discovered.

The disciple, when he becomes an accepted disciple (and this through the Lodge’s recognition of his pledge to his own soul), arrives at a definite and factual recognition of the Hierarchy. JC: We are considering DK’ ‘hint in this connection’… thus we have the hint as to group integration of hierarchy via the disciples pledge to his soul. His suppositions, his desires, his aspirational wish-life, his theories, or whatever you may choose to call his reaching out and up towards divinity, give place to clear knowledge of the liberated group of souls. This happens not through the occurrence of convincing phenomena, but through an inflow of the intuition. JC: We are also speaking of the development of the intuition as the faculty of verification and of clear knowledge and recognition of hierarchy. It is the developed intuition that gives accurate and direct knowledge. He undergoes, therefore, an expansion of consciousness which may or may not be registered in the brain. Every step of the way from that point of recognition onward has to be consciously achieved and must involve a conscious recognition of a series of expansions. JC: Although not necessarily registered in the physical brain every step and expansion must be consciously achieved. These expansions are not initiation. Have that clearly in your mind. The initiation lying immediately ahead is simply the effect of the recognition. JC: The event of initiation is not that of the intermediate expansions of consciousness as it is the effect and the application of the rod that intensifies the seven head centres at the first major initiation. They might be called “stabilizing points of crisis,” in which the “occasional becomes the constant and the intended becomes the intentional.” Ponder on these words. JC: The formulas result in “stabilising points of crisis” which are not initiation. They are recognitions of integration [inclusiveness] into ever expanding stages of consciousness, they are recognitions of spiritual facts. The Hierarchy is now a fact in your life and your awareness. What is the next fact or point of integration or consciously achieved inclusiveness? A study of the formulas and their correct use will reveal this to you. JC: This study will reveal to the disciple the spiritual facts that await us and which we must integrate into our consciousness irrespective of the disciples ray make-up. I have laid the emphasis upon visualization and given you some hints connected both with initiation and the creative work of the imagination, because these teachings and the development of these faculties will require calling into play your understanding, if the formulas connected with initiation are to be given. These six formulas are therefore formulas of integration, and one or two hints may here be imparted. DINA2. JC: The emphasis is on the development and use of the creative imagination, visualisation and the hints as to the formulas that are related to initiation and we are asked to give these our understanding. These letters are purposefully and rigidly close to the word of the Tibetan with good reason.

Teachings on Initiation 3

Formula One concerns, as I have told you, integration into a Master’s group, and it has two uses – if I might so [248] express it from your particular point of view. One produces a group inclusiveness, which integrates you with your group brothers into my group and brings a revelation of the hidden side of a chela’s life. When I say this I refer to his new astral conditioning. This is given the name of the Revelation of Group Feeling. This subject is vaster in its implications than you might surmise, for it concerns united group sensitivity or response, outwards to the world of men, inwards to the Hierarchy, and upwards to the Monad. JC: We are here considering the integration into the group of Master DK and the ‘revelation of group feeling’ concerning ‘united group sensitivity’ involving as it does response to the outer world of men, inwards towards the hierarchy and upwards direction towards the Monad. It does not concern the sumtotal of the petty moods and feelings of the personalities of the group members. Its second use is to bring about contact with the Master of your group – in this case myself, the Master D.K. This is a process which I have already done my best to help you to achieve through my instructions re the Full Moon contact – something you have most inadequately understood and attempted. Perhaps now you will work harder at the production of “contact relationship” as it is esoterically called. It is with Formula One that you must now work. JC: This formula deals with ‘contact relationship’. and we might refer back to the six formulas that “concern what are called the six relations.” Here we consider the first relation between the initiate and his group of brothers.

Formula Two deals with alignment; not alignment as it is understood in the very necessary preparatory work of the Arcane School. That form of alignment is the production of effective and direct contact with the soul. The alignment to which this formula refers is connected with the antahkarana. This will be our next consideration when Formula One has brought about certain changes in consciousness. I shall not consider these formulas at present. I will only point out their major implications which will be seldom what you think, conditioned as you are by the terms and interpretations of the lower mind. JC: Formula two concerns the ‘relation of the disciple to the antahkarana’.

Formula Three is related to certain changes in the egoic lotus. These changes might be inadequately expressed in the terms of the Old Commentary:

“There is that which transmutes knowledge into wisdom within a flash of time;

there is that which changes sensitivity into love within an area of space;

there is [249] that which alters sacrifice into bliss where neither time nor space exists.” JC: Formula three deals with ‘the relation between knowledge and wisdom’ between ‘sensitivity and love’ and the relation between ‘sacrifice and bliss’. They concern time, space the eternal now and the bliss of the Monad rather than the joy of the soul. The egoic lotus undergoes a fundamental shift in its expression of energy. Of note is the distinction between a “flash of time” and the eternal now.

Formula Four has a specific effect upon the “jewel in the lotus,” awakening it to life; this it does (through effects produced) upon the three planes of the three worlds, this bringing about changes in the seven wheels (centers) so that the “dynamic point at the center of each wheel obliterates the lesser points of force, and thus the wheel begins to turn upon itself.” JC: Formula four concerns the relation between the seven centres, the jewel within each of the seven, and the jewel in the lotus “awakening it to life”. The master loses or does away with the seven centers of energy which are superseded by the “dynamic point at the center of each wheel”.

Formula Five awakens the Will, but any interpretation of this awakening would prove meaningless to you until the previous four formulas have established an effect upon you and the needed interior changes have taken place. JC: We can hypothesize that the relation of the will of the disciple is related to the awakening of the Will of the Monad. This intimates the awakening to “life more abundantly” when the “very heart of this experience enters into the heart of the initiate”.

Formula Six is sometimes called “the word of death.” It negates the destructive effect of the death process which is going on all the time within the mechanism of the disciple or initiate. JC: The destructive effect of the death process is an ongoing one within the disciple and early initiate and of course within any human being or animal etc. It relates to the ageing process, the “death-producing energy” and the gradual deterioration of the cellular renewal and vitality. The death proceeds with its needed work, but it is not destructive in effect. This formula has never been given out before to disciples, but can now be known because the Piscean Age is one in which at last the power of physical death is definitely broken and the signature of the Resurrection is revealed. JC: Humanity sought to be liberated from the bonds of matter and the fear of death “the last power” and destruction the Black Lodge held over them subconsciously. In this esoteric negation of death are the deeply hidden and impressive causes of the two stages of the world war (1914-1945), and in this formula lies the significance lying behind the “fight for freedom” of the peoples of the world. It is sometimes called “the formula of liberation.” JC: In large part this “esoteric negation” was accomplished and enabled humanity to liberate themselves from the death hold in its destructive sense that the Black lodge held. “Operation Overlord” was successful and the positive significance of the resurrection and of eternal life rose above the negative aspect of eternal death. This formula holds before the initiate the fact and occult meaning of Life. Though the physical death process “the pull of the powerful life of the planet” and the gradual ageing and “tendency to die” proceeds the initiate always remains the life within and withdraws consciously only when the time to serve elsewhere has come.

If you were a disciple who had access to the archives wherein instructions for disciples are contained, you would be confronted (in relation to the six formulas referred to above) by six large sheets of some unknown metal. These look as if made of silver and are in reality composed of that metal which is the allotrope of silver and which is therefore to silver what the diamond is to carbon. Upon these sheets are words, symbols, and symbolic forms. These, when related to each other, contain the formulas which the disciple has to interpret and integrate into his waking consciousness. This must be done through the medium of living processes. [250] JC: Access to the archives are required in order to see one or other of the six large sheets of real though ‘unknown metal’ unknown [to humanity], being an allotrope [“one of two or more existing forms of an element”] of silver as the diamond is to carbon. Upon them are “words, symbols and symbolic forms”. Again we note the phrase “related to each other” and that the formulas concern what are called “the six relations” that must be integrated and interpreted from his inner cognition, within the archives, into outer waking consciousness and living processes which requirethe finding of five expressions in attitude, service and deeper expansion in consciousness, self ascertained.

As I cannot show you these formulas upon the physical plane, the best that I can do is to describe them to you, and in this Instruction I will seek to describe Formula One. The comprehension of the words and symbols produces two reactions in the consciousness of the disciple – and when a group of disciples are working with the same formula (as is the case in this group) this is intensified and of still greater value. DINA 2. JC: These formulas upon allotropic silver are found in the archives of the Masters ashrams and therefore are “found on the buddhic plane” and not on the physical plane. Metals unknown to humanity and which are truly allotropic and composing of qualities of conductivity and communication again unknown to humanity are found on the higher planes. They have the capacity to convey or produce “comprehension” and “reactions” within the disciples or groups consciousness. In group comprehension comes intensified comprehension and reaction to words and symbols.

Group Initiation

“Group initiation has been forced upon the Hierarchy by the rapid unfoldment of the spiritual consciousness in humanity, an unfoldment which demonstrates – no matter what the ray – as goodwill. This goodwill is not to be interpreted as the sentimental sixth or second ray untrained aspirant is prone to interpret it. It can take many forms: it can show itself as sacrifice on the part of science and a dedication of the fruits of scientific research to human welfare; it may take shape in the third ray aptitude to dedicate great wealth to philanthropic or educational enterprises. In neither of these cases is the disciple apparently distinguished by a so-called loving nature. Yet the results of their application to science or their accumulation of the crystallized prana of the financial world are turned to the helping of mankind. This will be a hard saying for some of you who rate an irritable remark by a co-disciple as something disgraceful and belittle the efforts of the money-maker, and do both with a sense of self-righteous congratulation…

…Before the end of this century, thousands will stand before the Initiator and take initiation in group form; they will pass through the door of initiation together and together take their vows. This statement applies to the second and the third initiations. The higher initiations will still be taken individually or in groups of three, but not more.” DINA2 337.

“For years we have talked about group initiation, and it remains as yet, for you, an unsolved problem. The phrase, “group initiation” is only used by the Members of the Hierarchy in reference to the first two initiations – initiations of the threshold, from the angle of the Lodge on Sirius. After these two preparatory events, the initiate – at and after the third initiation – reaches the point wherein he “undergoes initiation” in his own right (as the phrase runs).” DINA2 406.

“as far as the masses of men are concerned and the first two initiations are likewise involved, there is today and will increasingly be need for group initiation. It must be remembered that if these two earliest initiations are to be administered upon the physical plane by the Christ in his function as Initiator, that then the time factor must necessarily be involved, and that it will not be possible, therefore, to admit disciples one by one to initiation.” DINA2 410.

JC: As previously discussed, goodwill is service or love in action. It is a demonstration of the need of humanity in some form or other requiring a response in some form or other. It is a recognition of a department of service, one of the seven, be it financial, education, religion, politics, science or human welfare. Some field of service will be available to the disciple and they will offer as they may their quota of the energy of goodwill. Many disciples working in these fields of activity will not necessarily display a ‘loving nature’ as this is a complete misnomer and often misunderstood by esotericists. Therefore, there will be many and numerous servers today that are completely unrecognised for their nature might be far from a sentimental loving disposition. They may appear hard, aloof, uncompromising, or even disagreeable. Yet their direction is towards the welfare of humanity entailing often great personal sacrifice. This is one of the Tibetans’ “hard sayings”, of which there are many.

We are assured that prior to the commencement of the twenty first century ‘thousands’ will have taken their respective Initiation in ‘group form’ standing before their Initiator be it the Christ or Sanat kumara. When DK tells us that the second and third Initiations will be taken in group form taking their vows together we might note this to be an error in editing as twice later he informs us that it is the first and second Initiations of the threshold that may do so and that also this applies to exoteric Initiation by the Christ entailing physical approach with the time element entering in therefore making it impossible for the threshold Initiations to be taken individually or in small groups. The Initiations higher and inclusive of the third will be taken singly or in small groups of three. Perhaps this is what DK meant as some groups to compose of those taking the second and third Initiations in preparation, preparation is the key though as for these two Initiations are administered by the Christ and Sanat kumara respectively. This is due to the smaller number of arhats and adepts taking Initiation compared to the much greater number taking the first and second and Initiations. We are left with the paradox that whilst these Initiations are taken in group form they are still taken, within the consciousness, Individually and alone.

This gives us some perspective of the numerical factors and frequency. We might note though, that the numbers of arhats and adepts will increase due to the comparative flood of disciples taking the lesser initiations. There will be exceptions when the third and fourth Initiations are taken on the same lifetime. DK goes on to say that the prevision attained at each Initiation serves to equip the Initiate for the momentous decision at the sixth Initiation as to which of the seven paths will be taken. That decision is the synthesis and result of all earlier previsions attained or shared at respective Initiations. Each serves to assist the Initiate of the sixth degree to choose his path aright. Earlier their field of earth service was ascertained and latterly this may still be a chosen path though the field of service will be vastly comparable to such service on a particular ray. The sixth degree Chohan will choose one of seven paths being related to a ray.

“Disciples ever take initiations alone, even when preparing for and taking group initiation. This is one of the paradoxes of the occult teaching which is not at all easily understood. It sounds entirely contradictory but is not so at all.” DINA2 522. 

On cosmic activity extending from Draco

Imagine the extension of the seventh ray cosmic kundalini particularly at this time of Aquarian energies and of the coming to power of the seventh ray in this astrological age and this our seventh solar system. Five of the seven are of greater magnitude than our own with only one other of the same magnitude or order approximately and occultly speaking as our own seventh ray Cosmic Physical Base centre or system. Our system being one of the seven jewels or “Dzenodoo” of the cosmic crown or cosmic head centre of the OAWNMBS. With reverent caution though, DK tells us that not even our planetary logos comprehends the function in completeness of the constellations. However as indicated DK says of the following “it was the dragon-influence or the “serpent energy” which caused the influx of manasic or mind energy into the solar system.”

Not only ceremonial order and law as you know but the stimulation of the sacral centre in the short term over stimulating humanity. One cannot but wonder as to the nefarious advantage the black lodge will try to take in this regard. However their influence will be comparatively short and of the white magicians somewhat longer. And so the influence will stimulate the higher and lower serpent energy with the higher stimulating perhaps with this timely cosmic electrical input from Draconis just prior to the 2025 crescendo of mansic stimulation [particularly stimulating the “jewel in the lotus”] recently mentioned here.

Hierarchy will of course be taking full advantage in line with the plan of our PL. “Tremendous stimulation of the second ray Wisdom aspect in graded and group initiation discussed by Master DK and AAB.” We must note the attributes of the Dragon or Draconis are ‘Wise compassion’ of a cosmic nature in ‘Earth Service’ stimulating most interestingly the Wisdom aspect on earth similar to the manasic stimulation of a lord of compassion on Sirius. There is much to think of here. JPC.

“Râhu (Sk.). A Daitya (demon) whose lower parts were like a dragon’s tail. He made himself immortal by robbing the gods of some Amrita– the elixir of divine life–for which they were churning the ocean of milk. Unable to deprive him of his immortality, Vishnu exiled him from the earth and made of him the constellation Draco, his head being called Râhu and his tail Ketu–astronomically, the ascending and descending nodes. With the latter appendage he has ever since waged a destructive war on the denouncers of his robbery, the sun and the moon, and (during the eclipses) is said to swallow them. Of course the fable has a mystic and occult meaning.” TG.

“The seven-headed serpent has more than one signification in the Arcane teachings. It is the seven-headed Draco, each of whose heads is a star of the Lesser Bear; but it was also, and pre-eminently, the Serpent of Darkness (i.e., inconceivable and incomprehensible) whose seven heads were the seven Logoi, the reflections of the one and first manifested Light — the universal LOGOS.” SD1 411.

Solar Systems

Perfection via seven systems…

The Yellow appears as DK described as the result of the fruition of the harvest and also of ‘previous activity’. The yellow and blue of the previous system produced the green of activity as per hinted by DK in that system.

My current personal thoughts then are that the yellow was of the third minor system proper, coming into the first major to be blended with the blue, also of a previous system, to merge with and produce the major green of activity.

I correlate this as, the advanced guard [fruits] of humanity coming from the previous system of activity/green, thus its fruits and harvest born under difficult circumstance, however some became again retarded evolutionarily and consciously speaking, reverting to the unblended yellow of the second minor system, with little or no orange/red hue.

Failure to “merge” occultly speaking with the rest of humanity at the correct time and subsequently and here hypothetically indicates the ‘failures’ to merge as the green of activity into the indigo blue and thus reverting to the yellow [dissolution] of the third minor system and as a minor group in fact. This is only symbolic in many regards though as DK did say that the core Jewish group were stagnated in the astrological sign and age of Aries. This should be thoughtfully pondered by all students.

The first ray system will be major and the final system being minor and synthesizing. The six and seventh systems would then be ones of synthesising the qualities and life of the previous ones much as the sixth and seventh races do. This holds a valuable analogy and correspondence to the sixth solar system which is also the third from the view of the major egoic cycles. Our following third [sixth] and final major system will demonstrate the synthetic integration of the egoic cycles with the seventh system demonstrating complete synthesis of all the seven solar systems.

Once the major systems have unfolded and born fruit in the third Major ‘6’ or third SS then a threefold period is required to regenerate and assimilate energetically to once again demonstrate the fruits, qualities and life in one remaining synthetic solar system which is a system of life synthesis and perfection. This solar system is the seventh from the angle of vision of the lesser cycles which are not Major cycles of solar evolution. I have here bolded the seventh as synthesising ALL and with underlinement to distinguish it from the three MAJOR systems.

Systems one, two, three and seven are not counted as MAJOR Systems of egoic unfoldment or spiritual evolution. This is a defining point to be considered as the lesser cycles may be viewed as “periods of lesser activity, periodically viewed.” The periods of lesser activity of evolution on the three lower systemic planes or some part of the physical body of the solar system and are not compared proportionally with the periods of greater or Major activity of egoic evolution of the Solar logos or the threefold development of consciousness. The 6 and 7th are synthesising because the 6th is the synthesising of the major systems and the seventh of the fruit of all the systems.

S Systems: 1234567 =28 = 10 or the perfect Decad.

Three solar systems represent “highest, intermediate and lowest, and the three form but one expression” and are to be reversed here. These major periods of egoic unfoldment are the result of the cyclic turning of a monadic cosmic wheel and may be regarded as a major revolution spanning three major solar systems and is the monadic correspondence to a cosmic wheel and the cyclic appearance of the fourth Creative Hierarchy. The seventh lesser cycle of synthesis is one of demonstration of perfected life expression and perfectly expresses the key 4+3=7 as the four lesser and three Major cycles of evolution. JPC.

“The fact of the turning of the monadic Wheel covering the period of three solar systems” TCF 1089.

The fact that although this is the second solar system from the standpoint of the egoic cycles of the Logos, or His second major egoic cycle, yet it is the fifth when viewed from another angle, that of the lesser cycles. TCF 861.

There will be seven systems, though we are only concerned with the major three, of which our present solar system is but the second. TCF 1254.

“Yellow is another of the colors that have come to us from system 1. The blending of blue and of yellow in that system had much to do with the production of activity. Yellow harmonizes, it marks completion and fruition. Note how in autumn, when the processes of Nature have run their course and the cycle is complete, the yellow of the autumn is spread upon the landscape. Note also that when the sun pours unimpeded down the yellow of the harvest is also to be seen… Blue and yellow blended result in green, and the synthetic blue or indigo (the love and wisdom aspect) dominates when the plane of harmony is reached. It leads then to the third plane of atma whereon the green of activity predominates… ” LOM 215.

DK said, in three aspects of the Will “lies germinating the seed of the next solar system.” This brought back to mind [again] the three minor solar systems prior to the first major one of the third ray and green colour. I simply relate ‘germination of a solar system initiating in those two minor ones resulting in the first Major SS. This will have its ramifications in colour.

So specifically, were the yellow and blue first blending or occurring in the two minor systems, say blue second and yellow third minor, then blending fully in the first major system, to produce in that system the Green of activity as a secondary, the yellow being a base and “irreducible”.

System 1 saw blue yellow blending as primary and “irreducible” colour or ray energy and the green in their blending [being then secondary as blended from the blue yellow] produced the still blending and blended activity of the third ray system so the blue and yellow may have perhaps emerged from the three or two minor systems prior to the first major system. Its a hypothetical consideration. When DK and HPB gives yellow as active intelligence they gives the primary irreducible 1st colour of activity. Green is the secondary and blended colour indicating previous activity of that time. JPC.

The Laniakea supercluster of galaxies

There is a good video animation/superimposition type here and we see we have other super clusters of galaxies around us. To me this is a great expansion of our view and could be seen as a supercluster and an atom, one of the many atoms in the body of the ‘great entity in time and space’ of the ‘entire vault of the heavens’. In the video we do see the computer generated passage of galaxies into our super cluster or “galaxies of stars” as DK terms it. All part of the great universal spiritual evolution, and marriage in the heavens. JPC.

http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v513/n7516/full/nature13674.html#videos  7min

http://www.skyandtelescope.com/astronomy-news/laniakea-home-supercluster-09032014/

“Space is an entity and the entire “vault of heaven” (as it has been poetically called) is the phenomenal appearance of that entity.” EA 8.  

“As regards cosmic position, relation and limitation, little can be said, as e’en to the Heavenly Men Themselves the matter is obscure. That this is necessarily so must be apparent when Their place in the scheme of things is realized and Their relative unimportance is considered. Therefore, we can do no more than accept the fact of the inconceivable magnitude of that EXISTENCE which is manifesting through seven solar systems, and the extension of this concept of Being to embrace the entire vault of the Heavens. It is interesting to bear in mind in this connection that all that is seen, being objective forms or Beings in manifestation through certain spheres of light, may not be all that IS, but that there may lie back of everything visible a vast realm or realms of Existences. The very brain of man reels in contemplation of such a concept. Yet just as there are tens of millions of human beings out of objective manifestation, or discarnate, on the subtler planes of the solar system, so there may be cosmic entities, in rank equal to the ONE ABOUT WHOM NAUGHT MAY BE SAID, Who are in a similar sense discarnate, and found in realms subtler than that of the manifestation of light.” TCF 412. 

“The old Commentary expresses this obscure truth as follows:

“The one wheel turns. One turn alone is made, and every sphere, and suns of all degrees, follow its course. The night of time is lost in it, and kalpas measure less than seconds in the little day of man.

Ten million millions kalpas pass, and twice ten million millions Brahmic cycles and yet one hour of cosmic time is not completed.

Within the wheel, forming that wheel, are all the lesser wheels from the first to the tenth dimension. These in their cyclic turn hold in their spheres of force other and lesser wheels. Yet many suns compose the cosmic One.

Wheels within wheels, spheres within spheres. Each pursues his course and attracts or rejects his brother, and yet cannot escape from the encircling arms of the mother.

When the wheels of the fourth dimension, of which our sun is one and all that is of lesser force and higher number, such as the eighth and ninth degrees, turn upon themselves, devour each other, and turn and rend their mother, then will the cosmic wheel be ready for a faster revolution.”

It will, therefore, be apparent that the power of man to conceive of these whirling constellations, to measure their interaction, and to realize their essential unity is not as yet great enough. We are told that even to the liberated Dhyan Chohan the mystery of that which lies beyond his own solar Ring-Pass-Not is hid.

Certain influences indicate to Him and certain lines of force demonstrate to Him the fact that some constellations are knit with His system in a close and corporate union. We know that the Great Bear, the Pleiades, Draco or the Dragon are in some way associated with the solar system but as yet He knows not their function nor the nature of the other constellations. It must also be remembered that the turning of our tiny systemic wheel, and the revolution of a cosmic wheel can be hastened, or retarded, by influences emanating from unknown or unrealized constellations whose association with a systemic or a cosmic Logos is as mysterious relatively as the effect individuals have upon each other in the human family. This effect is hidden in logoic karma and is beyond the ken of man.” TCF 1085.

Stars Mizar and Alcor

http://earthsky.org/brightest-stars/mizar-and-alcor-the-horse-and-rider

JPC: The star Mizar is not one star but a double binary orbiting each another, along with Alcor which is also binary and orbiting Mizar.  Thus they from a constellation of six stars and along with our Solar Logos, forms a constellation of at least seven stars.

In 2009 astronomers concluded that gravitational attraction exists between the Alcor binary and Mizar quad systems. Mizar and the other Rishie’s are referred to in occultism as ‘lead’ stars and as being ‘not planetary’. This speaks to the fact that they have no planets orbiting them but often have another star in orbit with them.

Mizar A and B are the major stars that form the chief component of the second ray lead Rishie. Binary stars are not uncommon and some estimates state that they are 60% higher in ratio than single stars.

Mizar A and Mizar B, are themselves binary stars!But, the companions are too close to be directly observed as separate stars, even by the largest telescopes. 

http://apod.nasa.gov/apod/ap970219.html 

DK states “it must be added that the third type of motion to which our system is subjected, that of progress onward, is the result of the united activity of the seven constellations (our solar system forming one of the seven)”. This hints at the attraction existing between the seven constellation that compose the seven leading stars of the Great Bear and our system. He states… the “type of motion to which our system is subjected” and this indicates that our solar system forming one of the seven constellations, is subject to, note that word, the united drift and influence of the seven constellations. 

He clearly informs us that our Solar System forms one of the seven constellations and therefore is part of a constellation with one of the great Richie’s and its other allied constellational stars i.e. Alcor a binary and Mizar a quad double binary system. Mizar and Alcor are ‘both members of the Ursa Major Moving Group’ as astronomically accepted, and here we recall DK’ words “the leading stars of seven constellations which turn around with the Great Bear”. This paper considers how our solar system is part of “forming” a constellation of stars in accordance with the teaching of the Tibetan Master.

“3.  “The first ‘seven stars’ are not planetary. They are the leading stars of seven constellations which turn around with the Great Bear (S.D. Vol. III, 195) EA Appendix 656.

“the place of our system and its electrical relationship with the seven constellations” TCF 476. 

“a world of being and of consciousness which lies behind our solar system, and which themselves come from the seven constellations which form the body of manifestation of the One About Whom Naught May Be Said. Our solar system is one of these seven constellations.” EP1 332. 

“the seven constellations (our solar system forming one of the seven) which form the seven centers of the cosmic Logos.” TCF 1059. 

“the Alcor binary system is gravitationally bound to the Mizar quadruple system”.

Mizar and its fainter companion star Alcor are one of the most famous double stars in the sky. You’ll spot Mizar first, as the middle star of the Big Dipper’s handle. Look closely, and you’ll see Alcor right next to Mizar. 
Mizar and Alcor appear so closely linked in our sky’s dome that they’re often said to be a test of eyesight. But in fact even people with less than perfect eyesight can see the two stars, especially if they’re looking in a dark clear sky. This pair of stars in the Big Dipper’s handle is famously called “the horse and rider.” If you can’t see fainter Alcor with the unaided eye, use binoculars to see Mizar’s nearby companion.
Mizar is perhaps the Big Dipper’s most famous star, glorified in the annals of astronomy many times over. Apart from Alcor, Mizar in itself became known a double star in 1650. In fact, it was the first double star to be seen through a telescope. 
Few, if any, astronomers back then even dreamed that double stars were anything other than chance alignments of physically unrelated stars. Yet, in 1889, an instrument called a spectroscope revealed that Mizar’s brighter telescopic component consisted of two stars – making Mizar the first binary star ever discovered by spectroscopic means. 
At a later date, Mizar’s dimmer telescopic component also showed itself to be a spectroscopic binary, meaning that Mizar consists of two sets of binaries – making it a quadruple star. 
As for Alcor, it was long believed that Mizar and Alcor were not gravitationally bound and did not form a true binary star system. In 2009, though, two groups of astronomers independently reported that Alcor actually is itself a binary, consisting of Alcor A and Alcor B. Astronomers now believe that the Alcor binary system is gravitationally bound to the Mizar quadruple system – making six stars in all, where we see only two with the eye.
Thus Mizar and Alcor not only test eyesight, but the limits of our technological vision as well.
Bottom line: Mizar and Alcor are one of the most famous double stars in the sky. You can spot them easily in the handle of the Big Dipper. Mizar is really four stars, and Alcor is really two stars. So what we see as two stars are really six in one!

Sombrero Galaxy 800 billion suns

DK: “Galaxies of stars” …Messier 104 (M104) the rich Virgo cluster of galaxies.

NASA/ESA Hubble Space Telescope has trained its razor-sharp eye on one of the universe’s most stately and photogenic galaxies, the Sombrero galaxy, Messier 104 (M104). The galaxy’s hallmark is a brilliant white, bulbous core encircled by the thick dust lanes comprising the spiral structure of the galaxy. As seen from Earth, the galaxy is tilted nearly edge-on. We view it from just six degrees north of its equatorial plane. This brilliant galaxy was named the Sombrero because of its resemblance to the broad rim and high-topped Mexican hat.
At a relatively bright magnitude of +8, M104 is just beyond the limit of naked-eye visibility and is easily seen through small telescopes. The Sombrero lies at the southern edge of the rich Virgo cluster of galaxies and is one of the most massive objects in that group, equivalent to 800 billion suns. The galaxy is 50,000 light-years across and is located 28 million light-years from Earth.

Credit:
NASA/ESA and The Hubble Heritage Team STScI/AURA)


http://www.spacetelescope.org/images/opo0328a/ 

The Dog Star, Sirius A, and its tiny companion

Sirius B, a white dwarf, is very faint because of its tiny size, only 12,000 kilometres in diameter. White dwarfs are the leftover remnants of stars similar to our Sun. They have exhausted their nuclear fuel sources and have collapsed down to a very small size. Sirius B is about 10,000 times fainter than Sirius A. The white dwarf’s feeble light makes it a challenge to study, because its light is swamped in the glare of its brighter companion as seen from telescopes on Earth. However, using the keen eye of Hubble’s Space Telescope Imaging Spectrograph (STIS), astronomers have now been able to isolate the light from Sirius B and disperse it into a spectrum. STIS measured light from Sirius B being stretched to longer, redder wavelengths due to the white dwarf’s powerful gravitational pull. Based on those measurements, astronomers have calculated Sirius B’s mass at 98 percent that of our Sun. Analysis of the white dwarf’s spectrum also has allowed astronomers to refine the estimate for its surface temperature to about 25,000 C.
 
Accurately determining the masses of white dwarfs is fundamentally important to understanding stellar evolution. Our Sun will eventually become a white dwarf. White dwarfs are also the source of Type Ia supernova explosions, which are used to measure cosmological distances and the expansion rate of the universe. Measurements based on Type Ia supernovae are fundamental to understanding “dark energy” , a dominant repulsive force stretching the universe apart. Also, the method used to determine the white dwarf’s mass relies on one of the key predictions of Einstein’s theory of General Relativity: that light loses energy when it attempts to escape the gravity of a compact star.
This image was taken 15 Oct., 2003, with Hubble’s Wide Field Planetary Camera 2. Based on detailed measurements of the position of Sirius B in this image, astronomers were then able to point the STIS instrument exactly on the white dwarf and make the measurements to determine its gravitational redshift and mass.

Credit:
NASA, ESA, H. Bond (STScI), and M. Barstow (University of Leicester

Galaxies of stars:  …Messier 104 (M104) the rich Virgo cluster of galaxies

Although we have a pretty good idea that our galaxy contains a supermassive black hole at its core, there could be another — albeit rather exotic — explanation for our observations of Sagittarius A*. It might be a wormhole. This is according to two researchers who explore the possibility in a new paper submitted to the arXiv pre-print service. Although their work is purely theoretical, Zilong Li and Cosimo Bambi of Fudan University in Shanghai have identified a specific emission signature surrounding their hypothetical wormhole, a signature that may be detected by a sophisticated instrument that will soon be attached to one of the world’s most powerful telescopes.

ANALYSIS: Wormhole Time Travel ‘Possible’ (If You’re a Photon)
Sagittarius A* (or Sgr A*) is a region in the Milky Way’s core that generates powerful radio waves and astronomers have long suspected that it is the location of a black hole approximately 4 million times the mass of our sun. It wasn’t until astronomers were able to track stars orbiting close to the suspected black hole’s event horizon, however, that the supermassive black hole was confirmed to be there.
But supermassive black holes are a conundrum.
Now we know what signature our supermassive black hole generates, astronomers have discovered that the majority of other galaxies also possess supermassive black holes in their cores. Even when looking into the furthest cosmological distances at the youngest known galaxies, they also appear to host these black hole behemoths.
For a black hole to gain so much mass, it’s logical to think they need lots of time to pile on the mass — eating interstellar gas, stars and other galactic material. But to explain the earliest supermassive black holes in the youngest galaxies, there had to be some as-yet to be understood rapid growth mechanism.

ANALYSIS: Spooky Connection: Wormholes and the Quantum World
According to Li and Bambi, however, to explain our observations of Sgr A* and other galaxies’ cores, a primordial consequence of Einstein’s general theory of relativity may be called into play instead, thereby sidestepping the puzzle of how supermassive black holes grew so big so quickly.
“While of exotic nature, at least some kinds of primordial WHs (wormholes) can be viable candidates to explain the supermassive objects at the center of galaxies,” they write. “These objects have no solid surface, and therefore they may mimic the presence of an event horizon. They would have been produced in the early Universe and grown during inflation, so they could explain their presence even at very high redshift.”
High redshift galaxies are the youngest galaxies we can observe; where the galactic light has traveled billions of light-years, with frequencies shifted to the reddest part of the electromagnetic spectrum.
The type of wormhole that can mimic a black hole could only have been formed during the Big Bang, exerting a mass millions of times our sun’s mass, possibly explaining why the earliest galaxies appear to have supermassive black holes in their cores; they may not be black holes at all, they could in fact be gargantuan wormholes, linking disparate regions of space and time. (Though whether they can be traversed would likely remain a mystery.)

ANALYSIS: Stephen Hawking’s Time Machine
This may sound like some theoretical fun and games bordering on science fiction, but Li and Bambi have identified a powerful new instrument that could be used to differentiate emissions from space plasma surrounding the Sgr A* black hole or hypothetical wormhole.

GRAVITY will soon be installed at the ESO’s Very Large Telescope (VLT) in the Atacama Desert in Chile and will be used to observe the galactic center with unprecedented precision. The researchers hope to analyze emission data from energized gases (or plasma) that could be found around the object inside Sgr A*. Should the object in fact be a wormhole, that plasma will generate a very different signature as the hypothetical wormhole will be physically smaller than a supermassive black hole.
By modeling a hot blob of plasma trapped in the warped spacetime surrounding a black hole and a wormhole, Li and Bambi noticed two very different emission signatures that both cases will generate. A wormhole would generate a “very narrow emission line,” whereas a black hole would have spectra that is “broad and skewed as a result of special and general relativistic effects,” they write.
It is rare that such exotic theories could be supported or disproved by an instrument that will be commissioned within a couple of years, but it will be very exciting to see whether the plasma emissions around the object in Sgr A* are more black hole-like or wormhole-like. And although the chances are slim, if the latter is detected, it could re-write our understanding of the Cosmos.
Source: arXiv via arXiv blog

Cosmic dust, Black Holes and inter etheric points

JPC: …In regards a suspected black hole, a point of “directing thought of the “Creative Forces” large amounts of cosmic dust [fire mist] are seen and is indicative of black hole theory as the secret doctrine expresses… “is but cosmic dust (a “laya centre”) SD1 67.

“The “fiery Wind” is the incandescent Cosmic dust which only follows magnetically, as the iron filings follow the magnet, the directing thought of the “Creative Forces.” Yet, this cosmic dust is something more; for every atom in the Universe has the potentiality of self-consciousness in it, and is, like the Monads of Leibnitz, a Universe in itself, and for itself. It is an atom and an angel.” SD1 107.

Dusty Surprise Around Giant Black Hole

ESO’s Very Large Telescope Interferometer has gathered the most detailed observations ever of the dust around the huge black hole at the centre of an active galaxy. Rather than finding all of the glowing dust in a doughnut-shaped torus around the black hole, as expected, the astronomers find that much of it is located above and below the torus. These observations show that dust is being pushed away from the black hole as a cool wind — a surprising finding that challenges current theories and tells us how supermassive black holes evolve and interact with their surroundings.

Over the last twenty years, astronomers have found that almost all galaxies have a huge black hole at their centre. Some of these black holes are growing by drawing in matter from their surroundings, creating in the process the most energetic objects in the Universe: active galactic nuclei (AGN). The central regions of these brilliant powerhouses are ringed by doughnuts of cosmic dust [1] dragged from the surrounding space, similar to how water forms a small whirlpool around the plughole of a sink. It was thought that most of the strong infrared radiation coming from AGN originated in these doughnuts.
But new observations of a nearby active galaxy called NGC 3783, harnessing the power of the Very Large Telescope Interferometer (VLTI) at ESO’s Paranal Observatory in Chile [2], have given a team of astronomers a surprise. Although the hot dust — at some 700 to 1000 degrees Celsius — is indeed in a torus as expected, they found huge amounts of cooler dust above and below this main torus [3].
As Sebastian Hönig (University of California Santa Barbara, USA and Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Germany), lead author of the paper presenting the new results, explains, “This is the first time we’ve been able to combine detailed mid-infrared observations of the cool, room-temperature dust around an AGN with similarly detailed observations of the very hot dust. This also represents the largest set of infrared interferometry for an AGN published yet.”
The newly-discovered dust forms a cool wind streaming outwards from the black hole. This wind must play an important role in the complex relationship between the black hole and its environment. The black hole feeds its insatiable appetite from the surrounding material, but the intense radiation this produces also seems to be blowing the material away. It is still unclear how these two processes work together and allow supermassive black holes to grow and evolve within galaxies, but the presence of a dusty wind adds a new piece to this picture.
In order to investigate the central regions of NGC 3783, the astronomers needed to use the combined power of the Unit Telescopes of ESO’s Very Large Telescope. Using these units together forms an interferometer that can obtain a resolution equivalent to that of a 130-metre telescope.
Another team member, Gerd Weigelt (Max-Planck-Institut für Radioastronomie, Bonn, Germany), explains, “By combining the world-class sensitivity of the large mirrors of the VLT with interferometry we are able to collect enough light to observe faint objects. This lets us study a region as small as the distance from our Sun to its closest neighbouring star, in a galaxy tens of millions of light-years away. No other optical or infrared system in the world is currently capable of this.”
These new observations may lead to a paradigm shift in the understanding of AGN. They are direct evidence that dust is being pushed out by the intense radiation. Models of how the dust is distributed and how supermassive black holes grow and evolve must now take into account this newly-discovered effect.
Hönig concludes, “I am now really looking forward to MATISSE, which will allow us to combine all four VLT Unit Telescopes at once and observe simultaneously in the near- and mid-infrared — giving us much more detailed data.” MATISSE, a second generation instrument for the VLTI, is currently under construction.

Notes

[1] Cosmic dust consist of silicate and graphite grains — minerals also abundant on Earth. The soot from a candle is very similar to cosmic graphite dust, although the size of the grains in the soot are ten or more times bigger than typical grain sizes of cosmic graphite grains.
[2] The VLTI is formed from a combination of the four 8.2-metre VLT Unit Telescopes, or the four moveable 1.8-metre VLT Auxiliary Telescopes. It makes use of a technique known as interferometry, in which sophisticated instrumentation combines the light from several telescopes into one observation. Although it usually does not produce actual images, this technique dramatically increases the level of detail that can be measured in the resulting observations, comparable to what a space telescope with a diameter of over 100 metres would measure.
[3] The hotter dust was mapped using the AMBER VLTI instrument at near-infrared wavelengths and the newer observations reported here used the MIDI instrument at wavelengths between 8 and 13 microns in the mid-infrared.

Dwarf Galaxies Orbiting Around Their Larger Galaxies 

Astronomical science thinks all smaller or so called dwarf galaxies should ‘swarm’ or journey in all directions around their larger galaxies in either random or completely disordered fashion. It has now been faced with the probability that they orbit around their larger galactic types.

If the width of the orbital plane is in some comparison very thin this suggests an ordered orbit in the same fashion that planets orbit a star or some planets in the making orbit their parent planet. The same laws that apply to an atom, a planet, a causal body or solar system apply to the “galaxies of stars” also. JPC. 

“The standard model, also called the “lambda cold dark matter model,” says that satellite dwarf galaxies in the Milky Way and Andromeda are expected to behave a certain way: The galaxies would form in halos of dark matter, be widely distributed and would have to move in random directions, said Marcel Pawlowski, a postdoctoral researcher in the astronomy department at Case Western Reserve University and lead author of the new study.

“But what astronomers see is different,” Pawlowski said. “We see the satellite galaxies are in a huge disk and moving in the same direction within this disk, like the planets in our solar system moving in a thin plane in one direction around the sun. That’s unexpected and could be a real problem.”
Read more at: http://phys.org/news/2014-06-universe-dwarf-galaxies-dont-standard.html#jCp 

Rotation upon an axis and orbital spherical motion is a universal law. A smaller galactic logos will follow a path of orbital motion around a greater galactic logos. In the scientific view that this applies to 50% of galaxies then the remaining percentage must also follow some form of ordered path or course, even if not yet appreciated or understood, as in their course towards their polar opposites or some other undisclosed directive approached by astronomy science as colliding and  ‘tidal galaxies’. JPC. 

“Dark matter is thought to be an as-yet undetected matter that provides galaxies with enough mass to prevent the speed of their rotation from pulling them apart. If present, the unseen cloud of matter would be extremely unlikely to result in the planar structures seen.”
Read more at: http://phys.org/news/2014-06-universe-dwarf-galaxies-dont-standard.html#jCp 

Science tries to account for why rotating galaxies do not pull themselves apart. This is a key question for science and their formulation of the theory of dark energy adds the theoretical missing mass that gravitationally holds them and other stars together. The outer orbiting galaxies rotate at the same rate as the inner ones and this defies the laws of physics as understood by man. They should rotate slower but do not. They are of course held in formation by the united attractive and repulsive energy of the logi and as HPB said in complete ‘balance’. JPC.

Mysterious dance of dwarfs may force a cosmic rethink.

http://phys.org/news/2014-07-mysterious-dwarfs-cosmic-rethink.html#inlRlv

Jul 21, 2014 by Verity Leatherdale

This is an artist’s impression of the coherent orbit of dwarf galaxies about a large galaxy. Credit: Geraint Lewis

(Phys.org) —The discovery that many small galaxies throughout the universe do not ‘swarm’ around larger ones like bees do but ‘dance’ in orderly disc-shaped orbits is a challenge to our understanding of how the universe formed and evolved. 

The finding, by an international team of astronomers, including Professor Geraint Lewis from the University of Sydney’s School of Physics, is announced today in Nature.

“Early in 2013 we announced our startling discovery that half of the dwarf galaxies surrounding the Andromeda Galaxy are orbiting it in an immense plane” said Professor Lewis. “This plane is more than a million light years in diameter, but is very thin, with a width of only 300 000 light years.”
The universe contains billions of galaxies. Some, such as the Milky Way, are immense, containing hundreds of billions of stars. Most galaxies, however, are dwarfs, much smaller and with only a few billion stars.
For decades astronomers have used computer models to predict how these dwarf galaxies should orbit large galaxies. They had always found that they should be scattered randomly.
“Our Andromeda discovery did not agree with expectations, and we felt compelled to explore if it was true of other galaxies throughout the universe,” said Professor Lewis.
Using the Sloan Digital Sky Survey, a remarkable resource of colour images and 3-D maps covering more than a third of the sky, the researchers dissected the properties of thousands of nearby galaxies.
“We were surprised to find that a large proportion of pairs of satellite galaxies have oppositely directed velocities if they are situated on opposite sides of their giant galaxy hosts”, said lead author Neil Ibata of the Lycée International in Strasbourg, France.
“Everywhere we looked we saw this strangely coherent coordinated motion of dwarf galaxies. From this we can extrapolate that these circular planes of dancing dwarfs are universal, seen in about 50 percent of galaxies,” said Professor Geraint Lewis.
“This is a big problem that contradicts our standard cosmological models. It challenges our understanding of how the universe works including the nature of dark matter.”
The researchers believe the answer may be hidden in some currently unknown physical process that governs how gas flows in the universe, although, as yet, there is no obvious mechanism that can guide dwarf galaxies into narrow planes.
Some experts, however, have made more radical suggestions, including bending and twisting the laws of gravity and motion. “Throwing out seemingly established laws of physics is unpalatable,” said Professor Lewis, “but if our observations of nature are pointing us in this direction, we have to keep an open mind. That’s what science is all about.”

“1. Rotation on the axis: This is to be seen whether we are dealing with a minute atom of substance, with a planet revolving on its axis, with the rotation of the causal body, or with the rotation of a solar system. 
* In relation to the human being, this might be considered as the rotation of the various sheaths around the central consciousness during any one incarnation. 
* In relation to a Heavenly Man it might be considered as the rotation of a globe within a chain, or the period of one incarnation. 
* In relation to a solar Logos it might be considered as one complete revolution of the Sun in space, with all that is included within the ring-pass-not. 

2. Rotation around an orbit. This is the revolution of a sphere of life, not only on its axis, but along a spheroidal path or orbit around a central point. 
* In connection with man this might be considered as the revolution of the wheel of life, or the passage of an entity through the three lower planes down into incarnation and back again. 
* In connection with a Heavenly Man it might be considered as the cycle which we call a round in which the life of the Heavenly Man cycles through all the seven globes. 
* In connection with the solar Logos it is the complete revolution of the solar system around its cosmic center.” TCF 277.

Seven Dwarf Galaxies orbiting around the M101 spiral galaxy

“seven solar systems (of which ours is but one)”. IHS 160.“three synthetic Builders or Creators, Who are:

1.  The Life which expresses Itself through seven solar systems.
The One About Whom Naught May Be Said.
2.  The Life which expresses Itself through seven planets.
The Solar Deity – God.
3.  The Life which expresses Itself through seven planetary centers, or continents.
The Planetary Logos – The Ancient of Days.” EP1 155.

“This “control of form through a septenate of energies” (as it is defined in the Old Commentary) is an unalterable rule in the inner government of our universe and of our particular solar system, as well as in the case of individual man. There are, for instance, in our solar system, seven sacred planets which correspond to the seven individual force centers in man, the seven solar systems, of which our solar system is one, and in their turn the seven energy centers of the One to Whom I have referred in my other books as the One About Whom Naught Can Be Said.” EA 12.

“The cosmic Logos of our system works similarly through three major systems (of which ours is not one), utilizing seven solar systems (of which ours is one), for the distribution of His force and having myriads of sevenfold groups as the cells of His body.” TCF 353.

“the ONE ABOUT WHOM NAUGHT MAY BE SAID, Who ensouls the seven solar systems”. TCF 44.

“Therefore, we can do no more than accept the fact of the inconceivable magnitude of that EXISTENCE which is manifesting through seven solar systems, and the extension of this concept of Being to embrace the entire vault of the Heavens. It is interesting to bear in mind in this connection that all that is seen, being objective forms or Beings in manifestation through certain spheres of light, may not be all that IS, but that there may lie back of everything visible a vast realm or realms of Existences. The very brain of man reels in contemplation of such a concept. Yet just as there are tens of millions of human beings out of objective manifestation, or discarnate, on the subtler planes of the solar system, so there may be cosmic entities, in rank equal to the ONE ABOUT WHOM NAUGHT MAY BE SAID, Who are in a similar sense discarnate, and found in realms subtler than that of the manifestation of light.” TCF 412.

Posted: Jul 11, 2014
Astronomers find 7 dwarf galaxies with new telescope
(Nanowerk News) Meet the seven new dwarf galaxies.

Yale University astronomers, using a new type of telescope made by stitching together telephoto lenses, recently discovered seven celestial surprises while probing a nearby spiral galaxy. The previously unseen galaxies may yield important insights into dark matter and galaxy evolution, while possibly signaling the discovery of a new class of objects in space.
For now, scientists know they have found a septuplet of new galaxies that were previously overlooked because of their diffuse nature: The ghostly galaxies emerged from the night sky as the team obtained the first observations from the “homemade” telescope.
The discovery came quickly, in a relatively small section of sky. “We got an exciting result in our first images,” said Allison Merritt, a Yale graduate student and lead author of a paper about the discovery in the Astrophysical Journal Letters. “It was very exciting. It speaks to the quality of the telescope.”

Seven New Dwarf Galaxies
This image shows the field of view from the Dragonfly Telephoto Array, centered on M101. Inset images highlight the seven new galaxies. (Image: Yale University)Pieter van Dokkum, chair of Yale’s astronomy department, designed the robotic telescope with University of Toronto astronomer Roberto Abraham. Their Dragonfly Telephoto Array uses eight telephoto lenses with special coatings that suppress internally scattered light. This makes the telescope uniquely adept at detecting the very diffuse, low surface brightness of the newly discovered galaxies.
“These are the same kind of lenses that are used in sporting events like the World Cup. We decided to point them upward instead,” van Dokkum said. He and Abraham built the compact, oven-sized telescope in 2012 at New Mexico Skies, an observatory in Mayhill, N.M. The telescope was named Dragonfly because the lenses resemble the compound eye of an insect.
“We knew there was a whole set of science questions that could be answered if we could see diffuse objects in the sky,” van Dokkum said. In addition to discovering new galaxies, the team is looking for debris from long-ago galaxy collisions.
“It’s a new domain. We’re exploring a region of parameter space that had not been explored before,” van Dokkum said.
The Yale scientists will tackle a key question next: Are these seven newly found objects dwarf galaxies orbiting around the M101 spiral galaxy, or are they located much closer or farther away, and just by chance are visible in the same direction as M101?
If it’s the latter, Merritt said, these objects represent something entirely different. “There are predictions from galaxy formation theory about the need for a population of very diffuse, isolated galaxies in the universe,” Merritt said. “It may be that these seven galaxies are the tip of the iceberg, and there are thousands of them in the sky that we haven’t detected yet.”
Merritt stressed that until they collect more data and determine the distances to the objects, researchers won’t know their true nature. But the possibilities are intriguing enough that the team has been granted the opportunity to use the Hubble Space Telescope for further study.
“I’m confident that some of them will turn out to be a new class of objects,” van Dokkum said. “I’d be surprised if all seven of them are satellites of M101.”
Meanwhile, there is also more work to be done with the new telescope. “We are collecting new data with the Dragonfly telescope every clear night. We’re all curious to see what other surprises the night sky has in store for us,” Merritt said.
Source: Yale University

“1.  The seven stars of the Great Bear or Ursa Major are involved in an intricate relation with Ursa Minor and the Pleiades. With this we shall not deal. This major triplicity of constellations has a peculiar relation to that Great Being to Whom I have at times referred as the One About Whom Naught Can Be Said. All that can be hinted at is that these three galaxies of stars are the three aspects of that Indescribable, Absolute Monad, the Ineffable Cause of the seven solar systems – of which ours is one.” EA 608.

Several bright galaxies are found in Ursa Major, including the pair Messier 81 (one of the brightest galaxies in the sky) and Messier 82 above the bear’s head, and Pinwheel Galaxy (M101), a spiral northeast of η Ursae Majoris. The spiral galaxies Messier 108 and Messier 109 are also found in this constellation. wikipedia.

The Milky Way

Milky Way Stellar motions in outer halo shed new light on Milky Way evolution The stars’ unusual lateral motion is circumstantial evidence that they may be the remnants of a shredded galaxy that the Milky Way gravitationally ripped apart billions of years ago. By STScl, Baltimore, Maryland | Published: Friday, February 22, 2013

This illustration shows the disk of our Milky Way Galaxy surrounded by a fain, extended halo of old stars. Astronomers using the Hubble Space Telescope to observe the nearby Andromeda Galaxy serendipitously identified a dozen foreground stars in the Milky Way halo. They measured the first sideways motions (represented by the arrows) for such distant halo stars. The motions indicate the possible presence of a shell in the halo, which may have formed from the accretion of a dwarf galaxy. This observation supports the view that the Milky Way has undergone continuing growth and evolution over its lifetime by consuming smaller galaxies. // NASA/ESA/and A. Feild (STScI)

Peering deep into the vast stellar halo that envelops our Milky Way Galaxy, astronomers using NASA’s Hubble Space Telescope have uncovered tantalizing evidence for the possible existence of a shell of stars that are a relic of cannibalism by the Milky Way.

Researchers used Hubble to precisely measure, for the first time ever, the sideways motions of a small sample of stars located far from the galaxy’s center. Their unusual lateral motion is circumstantial evidence that the stars may be the remnants of a shredded galaxy that the Milky Way gravitationally ripped apart billions of years ago. These stars support the idea that the Milky Way grew, in part, through the accretion of smaller galaxies.

“Hubble’s unique capabilities are allowing astronomers to uncover clues to the galaxy’s remote past. The more distant regions of the galaxy have evolved more slowly than the inner sections. Objects in the outer regions still bear the signatures of events that happened long ago,” said Roeland van der Marel of the Space Telescope Science Institute (STScI) in Baltimore, Maryland.

The stars also offer a new opportunity for measuring the “hidden” mass of our galaxy, which is in the form of dark matter — an invisible form of matter that does not emit or reflect radiation. In a universe full of 100 billion galaxies, our Milky Way “home” offers the closest and, therefore, best site for detailed study of the history and architecture of a galaxy.

A team of astronomers led by Alis Deason of the University of California, Santa Cruz, and van der Marel identified 13 stars located roughly 80,000 light-years from the galaxy’s center. They lie in an outer halo of ancient stars that date back to the formation of our galaxy. The team was surprised to find that the stars showed more of a sideways, or tangential, amount of motion than they expected. This movement is different from what astronomers know about the halo stars near the Sun, which move predominantly in radial orbits. Stars in these orbits plunge toward the galactic center and travel back out again. The stars’ tangential motion can be explained if there is an over-density of stars at 80,000 light-years — like cars backing up on an expressway. This traffic jam would form a shell-like feature, like ones seen around other galaxies.

Deason and her team plucked the outer halo stars out of seven years’ worth of archival Hubble telescope observations of our neighboring Andromeda Galaxy (M31). In those observations, Hubble peered through the Milky Way’s halo to study the more distant galaxy’s stars, which are more than 20 times farther away. The Milky Way’s halo stars were in the foreground and considered as clutter for the study of M31. But to Deason’s study, they were pure gold. The observations offered a unique opportunity to look at the motion of Milky Way halo stars.

Finding the stars was meticulous work. Each Hubble image contained more than 100,000 stars. “We had to somehow find those few stars that actually belonged to the Milky Way halo,” van der Marel said. “It was like finding needles in a haystack.”

The astronomers identified the stars based on their colors, brightnesses, and sideways motions. The halo stars appear to move faster than M31’s stars because they are so much closer. Team member Sangmo Tony Sohn of STScI identified the halo stars and measured both the amount and direction of their slight sideways motion. The stars move on the sky only about one milliarcsecond a year, which would be like watching a golf ball on the Moon moving one foot per month. Nonetheless, this was measured with 5 percent precision.

“Measurements of this accuracy are enabled by a combination of Hubble’s sharp view, the many years’ worth of observations, and the telescope’s stability,” said van der Marel. “Hubble is located in the space environment, and it’s free of gravity, wind, atmosphere, and seismic perturbations.”

Stars in the inner halo have highly radial orbits. When the team compared the tangential motion of the outer halo stars with their radial motion, they were very surprised to find that the two were equal. Computer simulations of galaxy formation normally show an increasing tendency towards radial motion if one moves further out in the halo. These observations imply the opposite trend. The existence of a shell structure in the Milky Way halo is one plausible explanation of the researchers’ findings. Such a shell can form by accretion of a satellite galaxy. This is consistent with a picture in which the Milky Way has undergone continuing evolution over its lifetime due to the accretion of satellite galaxies.

The team compared their results with data of halo stars recorded in the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Those observations uncovered a higher density of stars at about the same distance as the 13 outer halo stars in their Hubble study. A similar excess of halo stars exists across the constellations Triangulum and Andromeda. Beyond that radius, the number of stars plummets.

Deason immediately thought the two results were more than just coincidence. “What may be happening is that the stars are moving quite slowly because they are at the apocenter, the farthest point in their orbit about the hub of our Milky Way,” Deason said. “The slowdown creates a pileup of stars as they loop around in their path and travel back towards the galaxy. So the in-and-out or radial motion decreases compared with their sideways or tangential motion.”

Shells of stars have been seen in the halos of some galaxies, and astronomers predicted that the Milky Way may contain them, too. But until now, there was limited evidence for their existence. The halo stars in our galaxy are hard to see because they are dim and spread across the sky.

Encouraged by this study, the team hopes to search for more distant halo stars in the Hubble archive. “These unexpected results fuel our interest in looking for more stars to confirm that this is really happening,” Deason said. “At the moment, we have quite a small sample. So we really can make it a lot more robust with getting more fields with Hubble.” The Andromeda observations only cover a small “keyhole view” of the sky.

The team’s goal is to put together a clearer picture of how the Milky Way formed. By knowing the orbits and motions of many halo stars, it will also be possible to calculate an accurate mass for the galaxy. “Until now, what we have been missing is the stars’ tangential motion, which is a key component,” Deason said. “The tangential motion will allow us to better measure the total mass distribution of the galaxy, which is dominated by dark matter. By studying the mass distribution, we can see whether it follows the same distribution as predicted in theories of structure formation.”

Andromeda and the Milky Way

Well just a note about the revised estimate in size of the Milky Way. Seems Andromeda and Milky Way are much closer matched in size, rotation speed and star numbers. Perhaps the marriage is more evenly suited after all. Jeremy.

Recent measurements by the Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) have revealed that the Milky Way is much heavier than some previously thought. The mass of our home galaxy is now considered to be roughly similar to that of our largest local neighbour, the Andromeda Galaxy. By using the VLBA to measure the apparent shift of far-flung star-forming regions when the Earth is on opposite sides of the Sun, the researchers were able to measure the distance to those regions using fewer assumptions than prior efforts. The newer and more accurate estimate of the galaxy’s rotational speed (and in turn the amount of dark matter contained by the galaxy) puts the figure at about 254 km/s, significantly higher than the widely accepted value of 220 km/s.[16] This in turn implies that the Milky Way has a total mass equivalent to around 3 trillion Suns, about 50% more massive than some previously thought. Wikipedia.

http://www.sciencenews.org/view/generic/id/39709/title/This_just_in_Milky_Way_as_massive_as_3_trillion_suns

Cosmic Pralaya is for things visible, not for the Arupa, formless, world. The Cosmic or Universal Pralaya comes only at the end of one hundred years of Brahma; when the Universal dissolution is said to take place. Then the Avyaya, say the exoteric scriptures, the eternal life symbolized by Vishnu, assuming the character of Rudra, the Destroyer, enters into the Seven Rays of the Sun and drinks up all the waters of the Universe. “Thus fed, the seven solar Rays dilate to seven Suns and set fire to the whole Cosmos. . . . .” SD2 69.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gamma-ray_burst

 

JPC: At present, the shorter or higher degree of the radioactive spectrum identified by astronomers is that of the gamma ray frequency. This high frequency burst is the destructive explosion of the physical sun as a result of the dilation into ‘seven suns’ “Temporarily, and just prior to destruction” of the physical sun or star… “associated with supernova explosions — powerful detonations at the ends of the lives of massive stars”.

Noted is the fact of the ‘temporary prior to destruction’ period of the rapidly rotating star, amounting to a momentary period of a ‘couple of seconds’ up to a couple of days or so and the period of the scientifically recognised c1967 gamma ray explosion of electromagnetic radiation. This is followed by a longer afterglow effect at longer wavelengths of X-ray, ultraviolet, optical, infra red, microwave and radio recognised c1995. The black hole ‘jets’ are the detected gamma ray ejections. The is parallel to the exterior/interior dilation of the seven rays.

Exoteric and esoteric science is in agreement on the very short period of time at the end of the life of a physical sun, with occult science explaining the temporary and short period prior to the actual physical destruction as planal life absorption via the seven suns.

The star upon collapsing and end of nuclear fusion, the matter is withdrawn into the force center/zero point or black hole due to the ultra powerful gravitational attraction of the singularity known as the point of highest denseness or compression of all matter into the black hole. The term singulartiy is scientifically indicitive of the occult term the ‘zero point’ or ‘laya centre’.

In the case of the neutron stars or posts explosion and ultra dense/gravitational high revolution tiny star it is here theorised that the the residual material of this star type is unabsorbed material in pralaya analogous to a planet in pralaya though still at a distant time may be fully absorbed into a zero point or black hole. The ‘exotic’ atomic and sub atomic particles, quark, quantum and ‘strange’ matter, including all the atomic matter of the solar system and scheme, have “individualised” according to the Tibetan DK.

ALMA probes environment around dark gamma-ray bursts

The observations support the hypothesis that dust absorbs the explosion’s afterglow radiation, causing the dark gamma-ray bursts.

By ESO, Garching, Germany  |  Published: Wednesday, June 11, 2014

RELATED TOPICS: SPACE PHYSICS | GAMMA-RAY BURSTS

Artist’s impression of a gamma-ray burst buried in dust.

Observations from the Atacama Large Millimeter/submillimeter Array (ALMA) have for the first time directly mapped out the molecular gas and dust in the host galaxies of gamma-ray bursts (GRBs) — the biggest explosions in the universe. In a complete surprise, less gas was observed than expected, and correspondingly, much more dust, making some GRBs appear as “dark GRBs.” It shows ALMA’s potential to help us better understand these objects.

GRBs are intense bursts of extremely high energy observed in distant galaxies. Bursts that last more than a couple seconds are known as long-duration gamma-ray bursts (LGRBs) and are associated with supernova explosions — powerful detonations at the ends of the lives of massive stars.

In just a matter of seconds, a typical burst releases as much energy as the Sun will in its entire 10-billion-year lifetime. The explosion itself is often followed by a slowly fading emission, known as an afterglow, which is thought to be created by collisions between the ejected material and the surrounding gas.

However, some gamma-ray bursts mysteriously seem to have no afterglow — they are referred to as dark bursts. One possible explanation is that clouds of dust absorb the afterglow radiation.

In recent years, scientists have been working to better understand how GRBs form by probing their host galaxies. Astronomers expected that the massive stars that were GRB progenitors would be found in active star-forming regions in these galaxies, which would be surrounded by a large amount of molecular gas — the fuel for star formation. However, there had been no observational results to back up this theory, leaving a long-standing mystery.

For the first time, a Japanese team of astronomers, led by Bunyo Hatsukade from the National Astronomical Observatory of Japan, has used ALMA to detect the radio emission from molecular gas in two dark LGRB hosts — GRB 020819B and GRB 051022 — at about 4.3 billion and 6.9 billion light-years, respectively. Although such radio emission had never been detected in the GRB host galaxies, ALMA made it possible with its unprecedentedly high sensitivity.

“We have been searching for molecular gas in GRB host galaxies for over 10 years using various telescopes around the world,” said Kotaro Kohno from the University of Tokyo. “As a result of our hard work, we finally achieved a remarkable breakthrough using the power of ALMA. We are very excited with what we have achieved.”

Another remarkable achievement made possible by the high resolution of ALMA was uncovering the distribution of molecular gas and dust in GRB host galaxies. Observations of GRB 020819B revealed a remarkably dust-rich environment in the outskirts of the host galaxy, whereas molecular gas was found only around its center. This is the first time that such a distribution among GRB host galaxies has been revealed.

“We didn’t expect that GRBs would occur in such a dusty environment with a low ratio of molecular gas to dust. This indicates that the GRB occurred in an environment quite different from a typical star-forming region,” said Hatsukade. This suggests that massive stars that die as GRBs change the environment in their star-forming region before they explode.

The research team believes that a possible explanation for the high proportion of dust compared to molecular gas at the GRB site is the difference in their reactions to ultraviolet radiation. Because the bonds between atoms that make up molecules are easily broken by ultraviolet radiation, molecular gas cannot survive in an environment exposed to the strong ultraviolet radiation produced by the hot massive stars in its star-forming region, including the one that would eventually explode as the observed GRB. Although a similar distribution is also seen in GRB 051022, this has yet to be confirmed due to the lack of resolution as the GRB 051022 host is located farther away than the GRB 020819B host. In any case, these ALMA observations support the hypothesis that it is dust that absorbs the afterglow radiation, causing the dark gamma- ray bursts.

“The results obtained this time were beyond our expectations. We need to carry out further observations with other GRB hosts to see if this could be general environmental conditions of a GRB site. We are looking forward to future research with the improved capability of ALMA,” said Hatsukade.

A Treatise on Cosmic Fire – Section Two – Division D – Thought Elementals and Fire Elementals  

(5) The Great Pralaya

This interval comes at the close of every one hundred years of Brahma, and sweeps into dissolution forms of every kind – subtle and dense – throughout the entire system. It is a period analogous to that dealt with when we considered the abstraction of man from his etheric vehicle, and his ability then to function on the astral plane, dissociated from his dual physical form. Within the system a process similar to that undergone when man withdraws the etheric body out of the dense physical vehicle, will be seen towards the close of the mahamanvantara. It will cover the period wherein the lesser four Rays merge and blend, seeking duality, and their polar opposites. Eventually the four become two, the two become one, and all are then synthesized into the third major Ray. The time is not yet, but lies countless aeons ahead. It is the first appearance of the destroyer aspect in connection with the planetary schemes, and marks the beginning of the [741] time when the “Heavens will melt with fervent heat,” and the Sun becomes seven suns. (See S. D., II, 746, 747.)

The microcosmic correspondence can be seen in the following process. The physical permanent atom absorbs the entire life force of the physical body, and its inherent heat and light is thereby increased until at the fourth initiation the seven spirillae are fully vitalized, and vibrant. The internal heat of the atom, plus the external heat of the egoic body wherein it has its place, produces then that which destroys the permanent atom. Temporarily, and just prior to destruction, it becomes a tiny sevenfold sun owing to the radiation and activity of the spirillae. So with the physical sun of the system; it will in a similar manner become seven suns, when it has absorbed the life essence of the fully evolved planes, and of the planetary schemes thereon. The ensuing conflagration is the final work of the Destroyer aspect. It marks the moment of the highest development of deva substance in the system, the consummation of the work of Agni and his fire angels, and the initiation of Brahma. Atomic substance will then individualize (which, as we know, is the goal for the atom) and after the great pralaya the next solar system will start with the threefold Spirit manifesting through substance which is essentially distinguished by active intelligent love. This is necessarily incomprehensible to our fourth round minds.

Chandra

X-ray points of light X100

Chandra captures galaxy sparkling in X-rays

A decade of Whirlpool Galaxy observations provide critical information about how X-ray sources containing black holes behave over time.

By Chandra X-ray Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts, Marshall Space Flight Center, Huntsville, Alabama  |  Published: Thursday, June 05, 2014

RELATED TOPICS: GALAXIES | SPIRAL GALAXIES | STAR FORMATION | NEUTRON STARS

A new Chandra image of M51 contains nearly a million seconds of observing time. The data reveal hundreds of point-like X-ray sources within what is nicknamed the “Whirlpool Galaxy.” Most of these point sources are X-ray binary systems with either a neutron star or black hole orbiting a Sun-like star. The composite image consists of X-rays from Chandra (purple) and optical data from Hubble (red, green, and blue).

X-ray: NASA/CXC/Wesleyan Univ./R.Kilgard, et al; Optical: NASA/STScI

Nearly a million seconds of observing time with NASA’s Chandra X-ray Observatory has revealed a spiral galaxy similar to the Milky Way, glittering with hundreds of X-ray points of light.

The galaxy is officially named Messier 51 (M51) or NGC 5194 but often goes by its nickname of the “Whirlpool Galaxy.” Like the Milky Way, the Whirlpool is a spiral galaxy with spectacular arms of stars and dust. M51 is located 30 million light-years from Earth, and its face-on orientation to Earth gives us a perspective that we can never get of our own spiral galactic home.

By using Chandra, astronomers can peer into the Whirlpool to uncover things that can only be detected in X-rays. In this new composite image, Chandra data are shown in purple. Optical data from the Hubble Space Telescope are red, green, and blue.

Most of the X-ray sources are X-ray binaries (XRBs). These systems consist of pairs of objects where a compact star, either a neutron star or, more rarely, a black hole, is capturing material from an orbiting companion star. The infalling material is accelerated by the intense gravitational field of the compact star and heated to millions of degrees, producing a luminous X-ray source. The Chandra observations reveal that at least 10 of the XRBs in M51 are bright enough to contain black holes. In eight of these systems, the black holes are likely capturing material from companion stars that are much more massive than the Sun.

Because astronomers have been observing M51 for about a decade with Chandra, they have critical information about how X-ray sources containing black holes behave over time. The black holes with massive stellar companions are consistently bright over the 10 years of Chandra observations. These results suggest that the high-mass stars in these X-ray sources also have strong winds that allow for a steady stream of material to flow onto the black hole.

A difference between the Milky Way and the Whirlpool Galaxy is that M51 is in the midst of merging with a smaller companion galaxy seen in the upper left of the image. Scientists think this galactic interaction is triggering waves of star formation. The most massive of the newly formed stars will race through their evolution in a few million years and collapse to form neutron stars or black holes. Most of the XRBs containing black holes in M51 are located close to regions where stars are forming, showing their connection to the oncoming galactic collision.

Previous studies of the Whirlpool Galaxy with Chandra revealed just over 100 X-ray sources. The new data set, equivalent to about 900,000 seconds of Chandra observing time, reveals nearly 500 X-ray sources. About 400 of these sources are thought to be within M51, with the remaining either being in front of or behind the galaxy itself.

Much of the diffuse, or fuzzy, X-ray emission in M51 comes from gas that has been superheated by supernova explosions of massive stars.

http://www.astronomy.com/news/2014/06/chandra-captures-galaxy-sparkling-in-x-rays

The Big Bang

380,000 years after the Big Bang and light

STANZA III. — Continued.



12. THEN SVABHAVAT SENDS FOHAT TO HARDEN THE ATOMS. EACH (of these) IS A PART OF THE WEB (Universe). REFLECTING THE “SELF-EXISTENT LORD” (Primeval Light) LIKE A MIRROR, EACH BECOMES IN TURN A WORLD…



”Fohat hardens the atoms”; i.e., by infusing energy into them: he scatters the atoms or primordial matter. “He scatters himself while scattering matter into atoms” (MSS. Commentaries.) SD1 85.



”Fohat hardens and scatters the seven brothers” (Book III. Dzyan); which means that the primordial Electric Entity — for the Eastern Occultists insist that Electricity is an Entity — electrifies into life, and separates primordial stuff or pregenetic matter into atoms, themselves the source of all life and consciousness. “There exists an universal agent unique of all forms and of life, that is called Od,** Ob, and Aour, active and passive, positive and negative, like day and night: it is the first light in Creation” SD1 76.



Using our imagination and intuition it does not perhaps stretch the boundaries to far for us to ponder on these passages from the SD. Here we are told again that each atom so hardened or densified i.e. materialised in time and space will in turn become a world or planet for every atom will become a man and man a planet as far as the consciousnesses cohering the physical vehicle is concerned. Each atom or planet so hardened is Reflecting the “SELF-EXISTENT LORD” like a Mirror. An analogy between a black hole radiating or reflecting itself in matter as light hardened is worth a thought. The actual black hole or laya center appears black to human exoteric investigation though is light esoterically seen. This is told by HPB and AAB. Even current cosmology now holds that the first thing appearing at the big bang or beginning of the universe was Light. JPC. 9 December 2013.



This is the first appearance from the darkness only 380,000 years [approx] after the creation or big bang. Plasma is both positive and negative, active and passive and therefore neutral though able to electrify into life all atoms “by infusing energy into them”. The Secret Doctrine of HPB and DK explains occultly the scientific understanding of creation. Fohat is closely connected with plasma, the fourth state of matter scientifically understood. Occultly at the same level it is the fourth ether and ‘pre gaseous’ and described in TCF as ‘matter’. Exoterically it is also pre gaseous.  The correspondence is here noted. JPC. 

A Treatise on Cosmic Fire – Stanzas of Dzyan     



Stanza XI



The wheel of life turns within the wheel of outer form.

The matter of Fohat circulateth, and its fire hardeneth all the forms. TCF 32.

Genesis ³ And God said, “Let there be light,” and there was light. ⁴ God saw that the light was good, and he separated the light from the darkness. ⁵

active and passive, positive and negative, like day and night: it is the first light in Creation” SD1 76.

Plasma is loosely described as an electrically neutral medium of positive and negative particles (i.e. the overall charge of a plasma is roughly zero)

Plasma (from Greek πλάσμα, “anything formed”[1]) is one of the four fundamental states of matter (the others being solid, liquid, and gas). When air or gas is ionized, plasma forms with similar conductive properties to that of metals. Plasma is the most abundant form of matter in the Universe, because most stars are in a plasma state.[2][3]

Plasma comprises the major state of matter of the Sun. Heating a gas may ionize its molecules or atoms (reducing or increasing the number of electrons in them), thus turning it into a plasma, which contains charged particles: positive ions and negative electrons or ions.[4] Ionization can be induced by other means, such as strong electromagnetic field applied with a laser or microwave generator, and is accompanied by the dissociation of molecular bonds, if present.[5] Plasma can also be created by the application of an electric field on a gas, where the underlying process is the Townsend avalanche.

The presence of a non-negligible number of charge carriers makes the plasma electrically conductive so that it responds strongly to electromagnetic fields. Plasma, therefore, has properties quite unlike those of solids, liquids, or gases and is considered a distinct state of matter. Like gas, plasma does not have a definite shape or a definite volume unless enclosed in a container; unlike gas, under the influence of a magnetic field, it may form structures such as filaments, beams and double layers. Some common plasmas are found in stars and neon signs. In the universe, plasma is the most common state of matter for ordinary matter, most of which is in the rarefied intergalactic plasma (particularly intracluster medium) and in stars. Much of the understanding of plasmas has come from the pursuit of controlled nuclear fusion and fusion power, for which plasma physics provides the scientific basis. wikipedia.

June 9, 2014

Cosmologists now agree that the universe as we know it began with an ultra-hot explosion about 13.8 billion years ago, and that the searing heat of the primeval explosion left a relic in the universe today in the form of a pervasive afterglow known as the Cosmic Microwave Background or CMB. For about 380,000 years after the Big Bang the universe was so hot that the cosmological material – mainly hydrogen and helium gas – was ionised and opaque. But when the temperature cooled to a few thousand degrees, the material de-ionised and became transparent, allowing the light from the glowing gases to travel largely unimpeded to form the CMB we observe today. It provides an extraordinary snapshot of what the universe was like before the formation of galaxies or the first stars lit up. By mining the CMB for ever more subtle data, cosmologists have been able to reconstruct a detailed history as far back as the first split second.

…It’s like that with our universe. That too has a type of horizon because light can have travelled only a finite distance since the Big Bang. As a result, astronomers on Earth can see regions of the distant universe that themselves are too far apart to see each other – were there anyone out there looking. Because no physical influence can travel faster than light, these cosmic patches cannot have interacted in any way, yet they look very much the same. In particular, the CMB is the same.

…In a remarkably prescient paper published in 1968, a young Cambridge astronomer, Martin Rees, realised that if the then newly discovered CMB possessed small temperature variations, then the radiation should also be partly polarised.  To understand what polarised light waves entail, think first of a wave travelling along a rope. The wave can wiggle in any direction – left to right, up and down or any angle in between. Light, which is a form of electromagnetic radiation, does the same, and the direction that the electric field varies in is called the angle of polarisation (see diagram above). Light from a glowing gas contains waves of all possible polarisation angles jumbled up. However, if light scatters or reflects off something , for example, when sunlight reflects off a puddle in the road, it acquires a preferred polarisation in the horizontal plane. (This is the very worst for glare. Polarised sunglasses filter out the horizontally polarised light, allowing only vertically polarised light through.)  

…Rees, now Britain’s Astronomer Royal, reasoned that polarising processes must have happened in the early universe. As the universe cooled and became transparent, light from the glowing primordial gases would have scattered from residual free electrons. Because the intensity of the glow possessed those slight but crucial variations, this polarisation would not average out, but be retained as an imprint in the CMB. The polarisation produced when the light from the bright patches scatters off the electrons dominates over different polarisations coming from other angles.

It took several decades, but in 2002 another South Pole experiment called DASI (for Degree Angular Scale Interferometer), detected the first signs of polarisation in the CMB.

It was this discovery – that events in the early universe can still be read through polarisation in the CMB – that opened the way, as I shall explain, for the detection of gravitational waves.

…The heat map from the European Space Agency’s satellite Planck, shows slight temperature variations across the sky, in effect a snapshot of the universe frozen in time at about 380,000 years after the Big Bang. A light wave travelling along the x axis will create oscillating electric (red) and magnetic (blue) fields in the perpendicular y and z axes. The light is “polarised in the y direction” in the example above. Credit: ESA/the Planck Collaboration/SPL

…In 1916 Einstein published his then new masterpiece, the general theory of relativity, replacing Newton’s 17th  century explanation of gravity as a force that reaches across space between any masses – for example, the Sun and the Earth. A characteristic feature of Newton’s theory is that the gravitational force acts instantaneously. Thus, according to Newton, if the Sun were to cease existence at noon tomorrow, the Earth’s orbit would change immediately because of the disappearance of the Sun’s gravitational pull. However, we would not see it blink out until shortly after 12:08pm on account of the fact that light takes more than eight minutes to reach Earth from the Sun. That was a big problem for Einstein because his theory of relativity forbids any physical influence from propagating faster than light. But his new general theory of relativity contained the solution: the speed of gravitation in his equations is exactly the same as the speed of light. Thus if the Sun were to instantly vanish by some magic, the consequent gravitational change would ripple out across space and reach Earth at the same moment that the Sun is seen to go out. 

More generally, Einstein’s theory predicts that changes in the distribution or motion of masses create wavelike disturbances that travel through space at light speed. In a nutshell, a gravitational wave does for the gravitational field what an electromagnetic wave does for the electromagnetic field; it transports energy through space. Whereas an electromagnetic wave might be caused by a disturbance such as accelerating electric charges in a radio antenna, its gravitational counterpart could be accelerating masses, for example, a pair of stars orbiting in a binary system, or the disturbance caused by a supernova explosion.

…Although Einstein’s equations predicted that gravitational waves should exist, detecting them was quite another matter. The basic problem is that gravitation is incredibly weak. To get some idea, think of the hydrogen atom in which an electron orbits a proton, bound by electric attraction. Well, there will also be a gravitational attraction between the proton and the electron. A quick calculation shows that the electric force is a staggering 10⁴⁰ times stronger than its gravitational counterpart. All this implies that detecting gravitational waves will be many orders of magnitude harder than detecting electromagnetic waves. 

This challenge has not, however, deterred a succession of doughty scientists from trying. Such is the confidence in Einstein’s general theory of relativity – which has led to many successful predictions such as the bending of light, gravitational lensing and black holes – that physicists are convinced gravitational waves exist. 

How, then, might a gravitational wave from some far astronomical source manifest itself? The effect of a gravitational wave arriving on Earth is easy to visualise. Just as a radio wave wiggles electric charges in a receiving antenna, so a gravitational wave should wiggle a mass. A metal bar, for example, will be set in vibration. So detecting gravitational waves, generated, say, by a supernova is easy in principle – just look for otherwise inexplicable wobbles in metal bars. In the 1970s, a handful of pioneering scientists built just such gravitational bar detectors. Suspended in a vacuum chamber and isolated from seismic disturbances, the bars were monitored for the slightest tremor. Sadly, nothing definitive turned up.

If a gravitational wave travelling perpendicular to the screen passes through the ball on the left, below, the ball distorts, oscillating between the two shapes shown on the right.

But bar detectors were only the first step. A better method was devised using lasers. To see how they work, it is helpful to dwell on one of the central differences between the general theory of relativity and Newton’s theory of gravity. For Newton, gravitation was a force. But Einstein treated it instead as a warping in the geometry of space and time. A gravitational wave, therefore, may be envisaged as a ripple in the fabric of space-time itself. To see what this would do, imagine a tennis ball standing face on to an approaching wave. As the wave passes through the ball, the space-time distortion turns it into an oval, stretching it one direction and compressing it in the perpendicular direction (see diagram below). A pattern of this sort is called a quadrupole, and it is a distinctive signature of gravitational waves.

Translated into practicalities, what this means is that the distance between two points – say, two goal posts on a football field – will wax and wane periodically if a gravitational wave were to pass through the goal. So physicists came up with the idea of suspending mirrors a long way apart and bouncing a laser beam back and forth between them. Any change in the distance between the mirrors would show up in the timing of the laser beam. This is largely the principle behind so-called gravitational wave laser interferometers, like the LIGO Hanford Observatory in Washington State, US, or the Australian one designed by David Blair and his team at the University of Western Australia. To be successful, they need to measure changes in distance so slight they would correspond to the width of a human hair over the distance to the nearest star. So far none of these pieces of equipment has yet registered the slightest shudder. 

Nevertheless, physicists’ faith that gravitational waves existed was bolstered some decades ago with the discovery of a system containing a pair of neutron stars in close mutual orbit. The distance between the two neutron stars can be monitored accurately with radio telescopes because one of the stars emits radio pulses in a highly regular manner. Calculations using the general theory of relativity predict that the orbit of the stars should be slowly decaying as energy is drained out of the system by gravitational waves radiating into space. Sure enough, Russell Hulse and Joseph Taylor of the University of Massachusetts Amherst identified unmistakable signs that the stars were indeed spiralling in towards each other at just the right rate, a discovery for which they were awarded the 1993 Nobel Prize in Physics. While these observations do not constitute a direct detection of gravitational waves, they are a convincing confirmation of their emission. And so we arrive at the intersection of the two stories.

Data released by the BICEP 2 consortium shows the CMB from a patch of sky over the South Pole. The colours showing slight temperature variations and the lines representing swirling patterns of light polarisation, the hallmark of gravitational wave disturbances.Credit: NSF/BICEP2 COLLABORATION/S PL

The largest source of gravitational waves is likely to be the Big Bang itself, and it is precisely such waves that the latest observations, carried out by an international consortium using an instrument called BICEP 2 (for Background Imaging of Cosmic Extragalactic Polarization 2), seems to have detected. 

Gravitational waves possess a unique and distinctive quality: their quadrupole nature. As a result, their space distortions twist the direction of the polarised light in a distinctive pattern. The situation can be roughly compared to looking at a vista above a campfire, where the shimmering air distorts the image in convoluted ways. Sometimes the features are slightly magnified, sometime twisted or buckled. It is the latter sort of disturbance that the BICEP2 team claims to have found. If the claim holds up, then not only will this be an independent observation of the elusive gravitational waves, but it will expose the fingerprint of a physical process that can be traced back to the epoch of inflation, at the very threshold of creation.

So is it game, set and match to inflation? Not quite. The strength of the polarisation being reported took cosmologists somewhat by surprise, and there has been a surge of papers posted online as theorists scramble to incorporate the latest results into their favourite theory. BICEP 2’s measurements will need to be confirmed, most obviously from data garnered by Planck, the European Space Agency’s CMB satellite, which has mapped the whole sky and not just a patch above the South Pole. 

Moreover, not everyone buys into the inflation theory. There are other proposals to solve the problem of

why the universe is so smooth overall, but clumpy on galactic scales. Some of these theories posit epochs prior to the Big Bang that might leave a ghostly imprint in the CMB. Having opened up a new window on the very early universe, cosmologists will eagerly suck every bit of information they can from it and study every clue in an attempt to peer back beyond the start of the universe as we know it.

Even accepting inflation, there are many variants to choose from. One of the issues concerns the energy scale at which inflation happened. Theorists think that the antigravity mechanism can be attributed to a type of field that permeates all space, similar in type, but not in strength, to the one linked to the famous Higgs boson. But the titanic energy needed to create the Higgs is a trillion times lower than that invoked for most models of inflation. Depending on how the polarisation results work out, that enormous inflation energy scale might have to be pushed even higher, towards the all-important point at which all the forces of nature should merge into a single entity. Known as “the Planck scale”, it also marks the energy at which quantum theory and gravitation completely merge, a regime in which zany ideas like strings, space-time foam and extra dimensions come into play. Whether these more exotic effects have left traces buried in the CMB may raise a chuckle from sceptics today. But in another 40 years, who knows? I still hear the echo of the laughter in that lecture room in 1969. 

Paul Davies is a theoretical physicist, cosmologist, astrobiologist and best-selling author.

Nelson Mandela

Imprisoned for 27 year 2+7=9 was the time it took in subjective and objective defiance against South African apartheid to Initiate the cause of freedom. The tough, hard, exterior of his younger years is apparent as first ray resistance and many would note in contrast to the achieved goal and joyous facial expression of his later years radiating compassion, love and joy, the goal of the disciple on the first ray if I recall. He seemed to encapsulate that occult objective and in many ways I have always thought he was a racial avatar not unlike Lincoln. 

A universe as we understand the term is the physical manifestation of the eternal logos. It is energy in pure action and thus also is no action other than that inner causeless cause. Deep within the eternal darkness thrills that which digs holes in space and coheres and creates those physical forms that make of the physical body of the Universal logos. Science understands such holes as being black and of such stupendous attractive force that when the gravitational attraction calls the return of all matter even light cannot escape such huge attractive forces and is drawn back into the laya center of energy, that stupendous black hole scientifically understood to be the singularity and we understand to be dug in space.

That such huge universal forces exist is well known to both the occultist and the scientist alike and the terms of language alone differ. Such power, I sometimes see in relativity as the great ‘Mandela force’, being symbolic of the infinite Will of a great entity, one pointed and knowing no will other than that first objective to carry out the Will of God that others may to become as great Lords also. Such compassion and infinite love on the first ray and second sub ray knows only one pointed direction, never looks to the past and only sees into the future and knows not deviation from the original purpose. 08/12/2013. JPC.

Workers in the Religious Field Seed Group

‏

The workers in the religious field are even today providing a highly useful and important aspect towards the coming New World Religion. As noted, the origin of all major religions is that of love. They are a materialization of an inner call, of spiritual unity and the journey of the pilgrim back to the Father. This seed group is a 2nd ray group and therefore closely allied to the Law of Attraction and Repulsion and also the outgoing and returning pilgrim.

Interestingly Christianity, although condemned today by the atheist as a religion of past conflict and war, demonstrates occultly as one of conflict and cleavage produced by the use and misuse of attraction and repulsion. Of these the atheist stands apart [temporarily] and wholly on the side of materiality [with its inevitable decent into eternal darkness when left to itself] and with a refusal to accept the responsibility of accounting for his immortal spirit. It is though, a bridging and transitional religion between individualism and group consciousness, between duality and union, between the lower and higher self of which conflict and internal war demonstrates the path of greater resistance, which is the correct path.

The most materialised aspect to this is the external warfare often enacted between the Christian and the non Christian, between the East which greatly determined its influence and direction, and of the West. Between Christianity and its offshoot branch the Islamic faith which is connected strongly to it. We must remember that the original message of these were of love even if in some cases grossly materialised. The future “light in the east” will be over Europe and America and any intermediary dense materialization of that light is simply the occult process of decent from the astral plane to the physical plane under the law of attraction and repulsion with its future ascent to the astral plane of LOVE once again. We have therefore, enacted today, the involution and evolution of this aspect of the second ray religious work of the 6/2 and the influence of the seventh ray, East/West bridge. It is the ongoing process of the synthesis of the mystic and occult paths.

Included within the new world religion are three main points out of the six which are as follows. These would make useful seed thoughts for meditation concerning the sixth seed group. JPC.

1. The fact of the Spirit of God… Transcendental Mysticism.

2. The fact of the divine quality of the Forces in nature and in man … Transcendental Occultism.

3. The fact, implied in the first, that Humanity, as a Whole, is an expression of divinity… Transcendental Religion.

We should note that none of the foundational “Rules of the Road” will ever change, apart from minor modifications of detail, as they represent the higher way as a synthesis of the mystical and occult paths. The Rules of the Road are implicit and intricately part of the sixth seed group and yet apply to all disciples and all groups. JPC.

“The seventh ray influence is that which will produce in a peculiar and unexpected sense the Western School of Occultism just as the sixth ray impulse has produced the Eastern School of Occultism – the latter bringing the light down on to the astral plane and the new incoming influence carrying it down on to the physical. The Eastern teaching affected Christianity and indicated and determined the lines of its development and Christianity is definitely a bridging religion.

The roles will eventually be reversed and the shift of the “light in the East” will be over Europe and America. This will inevitably bring about the needed and desired synthesis of the mystical way and the occult path. It will lead later to the formulation of the higher way; of this it is useless to speak at this time for you would not comprehend. 

None of the foundational and ancient Rules of the Road will ever be abrogated or discarded: just as men used to travel on the ancient highways on foot, conforming to the requirement of their time and age, and today travel by rail or automobile (arriving at the same destination) so the same road will be followed, the same goal achieved but there may be different procedures, varying safeguards and changed protective measures. The rules may vary from time to time in order to provide easier indication and adequate protection. The training of the disciple in the future will differ in detail from that of the past but the basic rules remain authoritative.” DN 133.

Addendum: We will surely note that the great devas otherwise known as the angels are a hierarchy in their own right every bit as important as the human evolution. At three key advanced stages an Initiate will come into close proximity with and occultly work with his polar opposite. The Christian religion in its many branches has done well to preserve the fact of the hierarchy of angels. Its great churches and Cathedrals are thus protected by their own Great Angels who guard the entrances of those sacred sites. Exoteric and esoteric Christianity record this well along with the work of the great healing angels/Devas. For the Churches hierarchy advised ‘no great changes’ and that the work they do in training the masses on the third ray was substantial and planned work.